人教版七年级英语上册知识点汇总大全+英语期末测试题及答案 191页

人教版七年级英语上册 知识点汇总大全+英语期末测试题及答案 人教版七年级英语上册知识点汇总大全 Unit 1 My name’s Gina.‎ 点 击 要 点 重点词汇：first name family name, last name ，given name ，hello,phone number,‎ 重点句型：　　Hi / Hello! Good morning / afternoon / evening.‎ ‎　　How are you? Fine, thank you! / Very well / So-so /All right.‎ What’s your name? My name is … / I’m …‎ What’s his/ her name? His/Her name is …‎ 知识点：‎ ‎1. 介绍自己：My name’s+名字 我的名字叫．．．．．．/ I’m+名字 我是．．．．．．‎ ‎2.询问姓名 ‎ ‎1)What’s your name? 你叫什么名字？‎ Alan艾伦 / My name’s Alan我的名字叫艾伦 / I’m Alan 我叫艾伦 What’s = What is name’s = name is I’m = I am ‎2)What’s his name? 他叫什么名字？ ‎ His name’s Eric 他的名字叫埃里克。/ He’s Eric . 他叫埃里克。 ( He’s = He is )‎ ‎3)What’s her name?她叫什么名字？ ‎ Her name’s Mary. 她的名字叫玛丽。/ She’s Mary. 她叫玛丽。 ‎ ‎ ( She’s = She is )‎ ‎3. Nice to meet you. 见到你很高兴。（初次见面用语。）回答Nice to meet you. 或Nice to meet you, too.‎ ‎4. How do you do? 你好！回答：How do you do? 你好！‎ ‎5. Mr ，Mrs ，Miss 和Ms Mr ['mistə(r)] 先生 Miss [mis] 小姐，女士；（年轻未婚女子）‎ Mrs ['misiz] 太太；夫人（用于已婚妇女姓名前）‎ Ms. [miz] 女士 ‎6. Is he Jack? 他是杰克吗？ ‎ Yes, he is. 是的，他是。‎ No, he isn’t. His name’s Mike. 不，他不是。他的名字叫迈克。‎ ‎7. Are you Helen? 你是海伦吗？‎ ‎ Yes, I am.是的，我是。/ No, I’m not. I’m Gina. 不，我不是。我是吉娜。‎ ‎8.英美人的姓名与中国人的姓名顺序相反，名在前，姓在后。如Jim Green, 名是Jim，姓是Green。 △名字：first name（第一个名字）或 given name 姓氏：last name（最后的名字）或family name（家族的名字）　 全名：full name ‎9. 问电话号码： What’s your/his/her telephone number?‎ ‎ It’s + 号码. ‎ 5‎ 电话号码的读法：用基数词按顺序读出。“0”可读Oo或zero.‎ ‎10. is/am/are的用法：‎ I用am, you用are. 1) I am 14, how old are you? 我14岁，你多大了？‎ is连着他/她/它 2) He/She is a student.他/她是个学生。What color is it?‎ 单数用is,复数用are. 3) The key is yellow. 钥匙是黄色的。‎ ‎4）He and I are students. 他和我都是学生。‎ ‎11. ID card 身份证 ‎12. Three and five is eight. 三加五等于八。 ‎ What’s nine and seven? 九加七等于几？‎ 基础巩固 ‎（ ）1．－What’s your telephone number? －_____ 278－106.‎ ‎ A. I’m B. It C. It’s D. Is it ‎（ ）2－The girl is ten years old(岁). name is Cindy.‎ ‎ A. Your B. My C. His D. Her ‎（ ）3．I’m Nick Black. Nick is name.‎ ‎ A. my last B. my first C. his first D. his family ‎（ ）4．The girl’s name is Maria White, so her _____ name’s Maria.‎ ‎ A. last B. family C. first D. mother ‎（ ）5．He is Tom Black . name is ‎ ‎ A. His first , Tom B. His last, Tom C. His family, Tom D. His first ,Black ‎（ ）6．—What’s his name? — .‎ ‎ A. It’s Tom B. He’s Jerry C. She is Lily D. Her name’s Gina ‎（ ）7．My name Tony, and name is Lucy.‎ ‎ A．is, her B．is, his C．am, her D．are, his ‎（ ）8． Bob, and what’s your name?‎ ‎ A．My B．I am C．My am D．I ‎（ ）9．－Thank you very much. －________.‎ ‎ A．No ,thanks B．Thank you. C．Not at all D．That’s right ‎（ ）10．________name is Wang Fang.‎ A．I        B．I'm      C．My     D．You ‎（ ）11．—________What's your name?  —Cindy Jones.‎ A．Hi      B．Oh     C．Sorry    D．OK ‎（ ）12．________is my English teacher.‎ A．Paul Smith      B．Smith Paul  C．Lisa Cindy  D．Cindy Lisa ‎（ ）13．当你想知道对方是谁时，你应说：________‎ A．How are you?   B．Hello． C．What's your name?   D．Good morning.‎ ‎（ ）14．—What's your name?  —________‎ A．Thank you.   B．It's Gina. C．This is Gina. D．My name is Gina.‎ ‎（ ）15．—Hello! Are you Li Lei? —________.‎ A．Sorry, I'm not    B．Hello C．Yes, I'm not    D．My name is Kate ‎( ）16．—Hello! —________!‎ A．Thank you  B．Hello    C．Good morning   D．Fine ‎（ ）17．当对方对你说Nice to meet you. 时，你应说________‎ A．Fine.   B．Nice to meet you, too. C．How are you?      D．Hello!‎ 5‎ ‎（ ）18．假如你叫王琳，别人问你Are you Wang Hong?你应说（    ）‎ A．Yes, I am.   B．No, I'm Wang Hong. C．No, I am.  D．No, I'm Wang Lin.‎ ‎（ ）19．________name is Mark and ________ name is Liza. ‎ A．His, her    B．You, my   C．He, her  D．His, she ‎（ ）20—What’s your name? —Bob.‎ A．last     B．first C．family D．full 二、阅读理解（28分） （A）‎ Julia’s Chinese name is Liu Min, she is in Class 6 and her telephone number is 756－4321. She has（有） a brother（兄弟）, his name is Adam. He is a tall boy, he has some(一些) good friends（朋友）at school. Julia and her brother like apples very much. Julia’s favorite（最喜爱的）color is white, but Adam likes black. Black is his favorite color. They are in China(中国) now, their Chinese teacher is Miss Wang. She is a good teacher.‎ 根据短文内容，判断下列句子正（T）误（F）。（每小题1分）‎ ‎（ ）1．Adam has a Chinese name.‎ ‎（ ）2．Miss Li is an English teacher.‎ ‎（ ）3．Adam is Julia’s brother.‎ ‎（ ）4．Julia is tall.‎ ‎（ ）5．Julia likes white and Adam likes black.‎ ‎（ ）6．They’re in China now.‎ ‎（ ）7．Julia’s telephone number is 765－4321.‎ ‎（ ）8．Julia and Adam like apples.‎ ‎（ ）9．Julia has some good friends.‎ ‎（ ）10．Their Chinese teacher is good.‎ ‎（B）‎ I'm a Chinese(中国) girl. My name is Li Ying. I'm twelve. I'm in No. 5 Middle School(第五中学). Chen Hong is my friend. She is thirteen. Mr Wu is my Chinese teacher and Miss Zhao is my English teacher. （下列每小题2分） 　( )11. Li Ying is a _______ girl. 　　 A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. England 　( )12. Chen Hong is ___________. 　　 A. twelve B. thirteen C. eleven D. ten 　( )13. My Chinese teacher is _________ 　　 A. Mr Chen B. Miss Zhao C. Mr Wu D. Mr Wang 　( )14. My English teacher is _________ 　　 A. Miss Wu B. Miss Zhao C. Mr Wu D. Mr Wang 　( ) 15. Li Ying and Chen Hong are________ 　　 A. teachers B. friends C. boys D. English ‎（C）‎ Hello! I’m Li Lei. My English name is Paul Grace. I am a Chinese student. I have a teacher of English. Her name is Mary Brown. Her telephone number is 181－9176. My telephone number is 766－3725. I live(居住) at No. 123, Zhongshan Road ，Chongqing.‎ 根据短文的内容，完成下面的问题。注意首字母的大小写。（每小题2分）‎ ‎16．Is Paul Grace a Chinese student? 17．Where(何处) does Li Lei live（居住）? ‎ ‎18．Is Mary a name for a woman? ‎ 5‎ ‎19．Is Lei the family name? ‎ 三、根据句意和首字母提示填空。（10分）‎ ‎1．Your last name is More, and what’s your f name?‎ ‎2．Can you fill in (填写)your own ID c ?‎ ‎3．Tony wants to ask you three q .‎ ‎4．L ! That’s an English book.‎ ‎5．This is a boy. H name is Bruce.‎ ‎6．Your telephone n is 422－2785.‎ ‎7.There are s days in a week.‎ ‎8.You can know the time by your watch or c .‎ ‎9.Eleven g students are in the classroom. There are no boys.‎ ‎10.What’s your a ?‎ 四、根据句意用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。（10分）‎ ‎1.I’m a singer and _________(I) name’s Dale.‎ ‎2.Is _________(she) book new?‎ ‎3.It’s nice __________(meet) you.‎ ‎4.Let _________(we)learn and read English.‎ ‎5.What’s the __________(boy) name?‎ ‎6.His __________(one) name is Jones.‎ ‎7.He _________(be) Bob Smith.‎ ‎8.In the small village (村子), there are only nine __________(family) now.‎ ‎9.How are ____________(your)?‎ ‎10.Can you ____________(answer) the question. ．‎ 五、句型转换。按要求完成下列句子，每空一词。（7分） ‎ ‎1.His name is Tom.（对划线部分提问） _________ _________ his name?‎ ‎2.My first name is Gina.（对划线部分提问）_________ _________ first name?‎ ‎3.His telephone number is 210-9778.（对划线部分提问） his telephone number?‎ ‎4. I’m Jenny.（改为同义句） _________ _________ is Jenny.‎ ‎5. His last name is Hand.（改为同义句）His is Hand.‎ ‎6.My name is Alan Brown.（改为同义句） your name?‎ ‎7. name, is, family, Lucy’s, Read.（连词成句）________ _________ _________ __________.‎ 六、根据汉语意思完成下列句子。（5分）‎ ‎1.那是你的身份证吗? Is that _________ _________ __________?‎ ‎2.杰克姓什么？ Jack’s ?‎ ‎3.我的姓氏是史密斯。 My _________ _________ Smith.‎ 5‎ ‎4.她的电话号码是多少？_________ her _________ _________?‎ ‎5.我叫汤姆，你叫什么名字？I’m Tom. name?‎ 七、情景反应。根据对话内容补全对话，使意义完整。（10分）‎ Jim: Hello. (1) ?‎ Li Lei: Hello. My name is Li Lei. And what’s your name?‎ Jim: (2) . Nice to meet you.‎ Li Lei: (3) .‎ Jim: (4) ?‎ Li Lei: It’s 37916542. (5) ?‎ Jim: It is 37246510.‎ 八、书面表达。（10分）‎ 假设下列表格中所提供的是有关你的信息，请你至少用五句话介绍一下自己。‎ First Name: Mark Last Name: Cooper Age: 12‎ Class: 2‎ Grade:7‎ Telephone number: 427－0635‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 5‎ Unit 2 This is my sister.‎ 点 击 要 点 重点词汇：family members,this,that,these,those,is,are 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. parent: father or mother 父亲或母亲 parents: father and mother父母（双）亲 ‎2. 介绍他人 ‎ 1) This / That is．．．这／那位是．．．．．．２）These / Those are．．．这／那些是．．．．．．‎ This is my friend Jane.这（位）是我的朋友简 That is my grandfather. 那(位)是我的祖父。‎ These are my brothers. 这些是我的兄弟。‎ Those are my parents. 那些是我的父母。‎ ‎3. 指示代词 ‎ this / these这/这些。一般用来指时间或空间上较近的事物。‎ ‎ that / those那/那些。一般用来指时间或空间上较远的事物。‎ ‎4. This is my friend. 复数 These are my friends.‎ ‎ That is my brother. 复数 Those are my brothers.‎ ‎5. Who’s she? 她是谁？ She’s my sister. 她是我妹妹。‎ Who’s he? 他是谁？ He’s my brother. 她是我哥哥。‎ Who’re they? 他们是谁？ They’re my grandparents. 他们是我的祖父母。‎ Who’s = Who is Who’re = Who are She’s = She is He’s = He is They’re =They are ‎6. Oh, I see. 哦，我明白了。‎ ‎7. Have a good day! 愿你们（一天）玩得高兴！（该句用于表达祝愿，祝愿对方一天里有好的心情和运气。Day还可用morning, afternoon, evening等词语代替。‎ ‎ Have a good evening, you two! 祝你们俩晚上玩个痛快！‎ ‎8. You, too. 你（们）也一样。‎ ‎9. Bye / Bye-bye / Good-bye 再见 ‎10. thanks = thank you 谢谢 ‎11. the photo of your family = your family photo ‎12.Here are two nice photos of my family.这有两张我家人的漂亮照片。‎ Here are …表示“这是……；这（儿）有……”，用于介绍或引入话题，也可用Here is … 来表示单数的概念。 Here is your book. 这是你的书 ‎13. family ‎1）指家庭时是一个整体概念，是单数。‎ 如: the family is rich.这个家庭很富有。His family is a big family他的家庭是个大家庭。‎ ‎2) 指家人时是复数，因为它指家庭成员。‎ Our family all like playing football. 我们家的人(家庭成员)”喜欢踢足球。‎ My family are watching TV at home. 我家人正在家看电视。‎ ‎14. family tree 家谱（家庭关系图） male 男 female女 ‎15.名词复数（English book, Page94.）‎ ‎ 可数名词有单复数两种形式，名词的复数形式的部分规则如下：‎ ‎ 1)一般情况在词尾加-s ，清辅音后读/s/，浊辅音和元音后读/z/。如：book----books /buks/ desk---desks /desks/ bag----bags /bægz/ game----games /geimz/ key----keys /ki:z/‎ 8‎ ‎ 2)以s, x, sh, ch,等结尾的词加-s，读/iz/. 如：bus----buses /bʌsiz/ box----boxes /bɒksiz/ fish----fishes /’fiʃiz/ watch----watches /’wɒtʃiz/‎ ‎ 3)以辅音字母加y结尾的词，变y为i，再加-es。读/z/。如：family----families baby----babies party----parties strawberry----strawberries ‎ 4)以f或fe结尾的词 ‎ ①变f或fe为ves。读/vz/。该类词有：knife刀，life生命，wife妻子，self自己，leaf叶 子，thief贼，half一半，wolf狼，等等。‎ ‎②直接加-s的有：roof房顶，belief信念，chief首领，gulf海湾，proof证据 ‎③两种都可以的有：handkerchief手绢----handkerchiefs / handkerchieves ‎ 5)以o结尾的词 ‎①以“辅音字母+o”结尾的词，有生命的加-es，如：potato----potatoes，tomato----tomatoes， hero英雄----heroes；无生命的加-s，如： photo----photos, kilo----kilos,piano----pianos ‎②以“元音字母+o” 结尾的词，加-s，如：radio----radios, zoo----zoos 常见的不规则变化有：‎ man--men男人 woman--women 女人 foot--feet脚 mouse--mice老鼠 child--children孩子 ‎ deer----deer 鹿 sheep----sheep绵羊 Russian---Russians俄国人 German---Germans德国人 American--- Americans美国人 Chinese--- Chinese中国人 Japanese--- Japanese日本人 Swiss--- Swiss瑞士人 基础巩固 一、根据句意及首字母提示填空。（10分）‎ 8‎ ‎1．The woman is my mother’s s . She’s my aunt.‎ ‎2．—Do you have an u ?‎ ‎—No, but I have an aunt.‎ ‎3．—Who are these girls?‎ ‎—T are my friends.‎ ‎4．The doctors w are all teachers.‎ ‎5．Emma has two d , Alice and Mary.‎ ‎6．My uncle’s son is my c .‎ ‎7．This is Paul’s family p .‎ ‎8．Those are my two b .‎ ‎9．Your mothers’s mother is g .‎ ‎10．Do you have a pen f ?‎ 8‎ 二、根据句意及括号内所给词的适当形式填空。（10分）‎ 8‎ ‎1．These are （pen）.‎ ‎2． （be）those your parents?‎ ‎3．This is （she）gold ring.‎ ‎4．Here are two （photo）of my family.‎ ‎5．Those （child）boats are on the river.‎ ‎6．Mr Li （have）a new car now.‎ ‎7． （who）baseball is that?‎ ‎8．Are these your keys? No, （it）aren’t.‎ ‎9．Is this （you）son?‎ 8‎ ‎10．What colour are the （watch）?‎ 8‎ 三、单项选择。（10分）‎ 8‎ ‎（ ）1．—Are those your pen friends?‎ ‎ —Yes, .‎ A．they are B．they’re C．they are not. D．they aren’t ‎（ ）2．The son of my aunt is my .‎ A．uncle B．brother ‎ C．sister D．cousin ‎（ ）3． are good friends.‎ A．You, I and he B．He, you and I C．I, you and he D．You, he and I ‎（ ）4．Look at the . They’re very cute.‎ A．baby B．babys C．babies D．babys’‎ ‎（ ）5． Math books, they’re books.‎ A．Their; they B．They’re; their C．Them; their D．They; them’s ‎（ ）6．Mrs Hill is a good teacher. She loves his students .‎ ‎ A．much; very B．very; very ‎ C．very much; much D．very; very much ‎（ ）7．Please call Mary 245—6218.‎ ‎ A．at B．for ‎ C．in D．of ‎（ ）8．— is your grandfather?‎ ‎—Fine.‎ A．What B．How C．Who D．Where ‎（ ）9．Are these parents?‎ ‎ A．you B．she ‎ C．Mona’s D．they ‎（ ）10．Kate and I good friends.‎ A．are B．is C．am D．be 8‎ 四、按要求完成下列句子，每空一词。（10分）‎ 8‎ ‎（A）句型转换 ‎1．That is my good pen friend.（改为复数句子）‎ ‎ our good pen .‎ ‎2．This is her family photo.（变为一般疑问句）‎ ‎ her photo?‎ ‎3．Tom is Mr Green’s son.（改为同义句）‎ ‎ Mr Green is .‎ ‎4．Those are my friends. （对划线部分提问）‎ ‎ those?‎ ‎5．They are orange backpacks.（改为单数句子）‎ ‎ orange backpack.‎ ‎ （B）根据汉语意思完成下列句子。‎ ‎6．这是我的家庭照。‎ 191‎ ‎ This is .‎ ‎7．这两位是你兄弟吗？‎ ‎ these two ?‎ ‎8．在照片里的那些女人是谁？‎ ‎ Who in the picture?‎ ‎9．你能画一张安娜的全家福吗？‎ ‎ Can you picture family?‎ ‎10．那串钥匙是珍妮的吗？‎ ‎ that Jane’s ?‎ 五、补全对话，每空一词。（10分）‎ A：Look at the picture!‎ B：Oh, it’s nice picture of a 1 . Is it your family, John?‎ A：Yes, it is. Can you see me in this picture?‎ B：Is the boy 2 red you?‎ A：Yes, he is.‎ B： 3 is the old man?‎ A：He’s my grandfather.‎ B：And this old woman.‎ A：She’s my 4 .‎ B：Is this your father?‎ A：No, 5 isn’t. He is my uncle. The man beside（在……旁边）my uncle is my 6 .‎ B：Who is the woman beside your father?‎ A：Oh, she is my 7 .‎ B：Your mother is very beautiful（漂亮的）.‎ A： 8 you very much!‎ B：Is the 9 your sister?‎ A：No, she isn’t She is my uncle’s 10 .‎ B：I see. She is your cousin. You have a nice family.‎ A：Thank you!‎ 六、完形填空。（10分）‎ ‎ This is a picture of my 1 .My grandpa and my grandma 2 old. My father’s 3 English teacher. He is a 4 man. My mother is a doctor 5 are students. We’re in No. 2 Middle School. We’re not in 6 grade. My brother is 7 Class 1, Grade 2 I’m in Class 2, Grade 1. 8 name is Lin Tao. I’m only 9 .They all like 10 very much（很）.‎ ‎（ ）1．A．family B．families C．family’s D．a family ‎（ ）2．A．is B．has C．are D．am ‎（ ）3．A．the B．an C．a D．×‎ ‎（ ）4．A．England B．English C．Chinese D．Japan ‎（ ）5．A．Me and my brother B．My brother and me C．Brother and me D．My brother and I ‎（ ）6．A．the same B．a same C．our D．×‎ ‎（ ）7．A．to B．at C．in D．×‎ ‎（ ）8．A．Your B．My C．My brother’s D．His ‎（ ）9．A．ten B．four C．one D．twenty ‎（ ）10．A．them B．me C．it D．I 七、阅读理解。（20分）‎ ‎（A）‎ 191‎ ‎ This is a photo of Mr Black’s family. The man with glasses（眼镜）is Mr Black, the father. The woman is the mother. They have a son and a daughter. The son is behind（在……后面）Mr Black. His name is Jack. He’s 14. Kate is Jack’s sister. She is 12. Jack and kate are in the same school, but they are in different（不同的）grades. Jack is in Grade Three and Kate’s in Grade One. They are good students.‎ ‎ 根据短文内容选择正确答案。（10分）‎ ‎（ ）1．Mr and Mrs Black have .‎ ‎ A．a son and a daughter B．Jack and Kate’s sister ‎ C．three children（孩子） D．a family of five ‎（ ）2．The woman is mother.‎ A．Kate’s B．Jack’s C．Kate’s and Jack’s D．Kate and Jack’s ‎（ ）3．Jack and Kate are in the same .‎ ‎ A．class B．grade C．school D．year ‎（ ）4．Black is the name.‎ ‎ A．man’s B．woman’s C．boy’s D．family ‎（ ）5．Jack and Kate are .‎ ‎ A．good children B．good students ‎ C．in different schools D．in the same grade 八、书面表达。（10分）‎ ‎ 以“My family”为题写一篇短文介绍自己的家庭。 要求：1．语言通顺，语法正确，2． 不少于10句话。‎ My family ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Unit 3 Is this your pencil?‎ 重点句型 ‎　　 （1）Is this your pencil? Yes, it is./No, it isn’t.‎ ‎　　（2）Is that my book? Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.‎ ‎　　 （3）Is this/that her/his eraser? Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.‎ ‎　　 （4） What’s this/ that in English? It’s a/an ……‎ ‎（5）How do you spell pen? P-E-N.‎ 191‎ ‎1. 人称代词和物主代词 ‎ 人称 代词 ‎ 主格 I 我 you 你 he他 she她 it它 we我们 you你们 they他们 宾格 me 我 you 你 him他 her她 it它 us我们 you你们 them他们 物主 代词 形容词性 my 我的 your你的 his他的 her她的 its它的 our我们的 your你们的 their他们的 名词性 mine我的 yours你的 his他的 hers她的 its它的 ours我们的 yours你们的 theirs他们的 ‎ 1) 人称代词作主语时用主格；作宾语时用宾格；作表语时用主格或宾格，但在口语中常用宾格。‎ ‎ ① I am hungry, please give me something to eat.我饿了，请给我一些吃的东西。‎ ‎ （作主语） （作宾语） ‎ ②( ) like ( ), and ( ) likes ( ) , too.我喜欢她，她也喜欢我。‎ ③ Who told him that news? 谁告诉他那个消息的？ It’s me/I. 是我。‎ ‎2) 并列人称代词的排列顺序：人称代词在并列使用时，单数的顺序是第二人称→第三人称→第一人称；复数的顺序是第一人称→第二人称→第三人称。‎ you, he, and I你，我，他 you and I我和你 he and I 我和他 ‎ you and he 你和他 we and you 我们和你们 you and they 你们和他们 ‎ we, you and they我们，你们和他们 ‎ 3) 形容词性物主代词修饰名词，必须放在名词前面，相当于形容词，在句中作定语。名词性物主代词相当于名词（即指代名词，后面不能再加名词），在句中作主语、表语或宾语。‎ ‎ ① This is your ruler, it is not mine.这是你的尺子，不是我的。‎ ‎ ② . 这是他的书，你的在桌子上。‎ ‎③ (他) doesn’t have an eraser. ＿＿ （我的）is in the bag. Give ＿＿（他）＿＿（你的）.‎ ‎ 他没有橡皮擦。我的在包里。把你的给他吧。‎ ‎2. Is this/that．．．? 这/那是．．．．．．吗？‎ Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. 是的，这/那（它）是。/ 不，这/那(它)不是。‎ ‎△回答时，要用it来代替this和that。不可回答Yes, this/that is. / No, this/that isn’t.‎ ‎1）Is this your pencil ? 这是你的铅笔吗 ‎ Yes, it is. It’s mine是的，它是我的（铅笔）。‎ No, it isn’t. It’s hers. 不，不是的。这是她的（铅笔）‎ ‎ 2）Is that your schoolbag? 那是你的书包吗？‎ Yes, it is. It’s mine是的，它是我的（书包）。‎ No, it isn’t. It’s his. 不，不是的。那是她的（书包）‎ It’s = It is isn’t = is not ‎3. Are these / those … ? 这 / 那些是……吗？‎ ‎ Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. 是的，这/那些（它们）是。/ 不，这/那些(它们)不是。‎ ‎△回答时，要用they来代替these和those。‎ 不可回答Yes, these / those are / No, these / those aren’t..‎ ‎ 1) Are these your books? 这些是你的书吗？‎ ‎ Yes, they are. 是的，这些（它们）是。‎ ‎ No, they aren’t. They are hers. 不，这些(它们)不是。这些是她的（书）。‎ ‎ 2)Are those her keys? 那些是她的钥匙吗？‎ ‎ Yes, they are. 是的，那些（它们）是。‎ ‎ No, they aren’t. They are mine. 不，那些(它们)不是。那些是我的（书）。‎ ‎ aren’t = are not ‎4. Excuse me.请原谅/打扰了(客套语，用于问别人问题、请别人帮忙、打断别人说话等场合。)‎ ‎ Sorry/I’m sorry. “对不起，抱歉”（用于向别人表示歉意）‎ ‎ A: Excuse me. Where is my pen? 打扰了，我的钢笔在那？‎ B: Sorry/I’m sorry, I don’t know. 对不起，我不知道。‎ 191‎ ‎5. What / how about …? “……怎么样？” “……又如何呢？”。后接名词，代词或动名词。‎ ‎1）向对方提出建议或请求。例如： ‎ How about going out for a walk? 出去散散步好吗？ ‎ ‎ What about another cake? 再吃块蛋糕好吗？ ‎ ‎2）征询对方的看法或意见。例如： ‎ ‎ What about her playing the violin? （你认为）她的小提琴拉的怎么样？ ‎ ‎ What about the TV play? 那个电视剧怎么样？ ‎ ‎3) 询问天气或身体等情况。例如： ‎ ‎ What about the weather in your home town? 你们家乡的气候如何？ ‎ ‎ How about your uncle now? You can’t leave him by himself. 你叔叔近来身体好吗？你们不能单独让他生活。 ‎ ‎4) 寒暄时用作承接上下文的转折语。例如： ‎ I am from Beijing. What about you? 我是北京人，你呢？ ‎ ‎5) 对所陈述的情况做出反诘，常给予对方一种暗示。例如： ‎ ‎——My memory is good. I’ve never forgotten anything.我的记忆力很好，从不忘记什么。 ‎ ‎——What about that time you left your key to the office at home?那次你将办公室的钥匙忘在家里算是怎么回事呀？‎ ‎6. thanks / thank you for．．．因．．．．．．而感谢 ‎ for是介词，后接n / pron / v-ing. (名词/代词、动名词)‎ ‎ Thanks for the photo of your family. 谢谢你的全家福照片。‎ ‎ Thanks for helping me. 谢谢你帮助我。‎ ‎ Thank you for your help. 谢谢你的帮助。‎ ‎7．如何用英语表示感谢 ‎    1）表示感谢的常用套语：‎ ‎    It‘s very kind of you. 你太好了，多谢你了。‎ ‎      Thank you. 谢谢你。‎ ‎    Thank you very much. 非常感谢。‎ ‎     Thank you very much indeed. 真是太感谢你了。‎ ‎    Thanks. 谢谢。‎ ‎    Thanks a lot. 多谢。‎ ‎    Thanks very much. 非常感谢。‎ ‎    Thanks so much. 非常感谢。‎ ‎    Many thanks. 多谢。 ‎ ‎2）回答感谢的常用答语：‎ ‎     Not at all. 别客气；不用谢；哪儿的话。‎ ‎    You are welcome. 不用谢。‎ That‘s all right. 没什么；不用谢。‎ ‎     That‘s OK. 没什么；不用谢。‎ ‎    Please don‘t mention it. 不用客气；不用谢。‎ ‎    It‘s [It was] a pleasure. 不用客气；不用谢。‎ ‎    A pleasure. 不用客气；不用谢。‎ ‎    It is （was） my pleasure. 别客气，这是我高兴做的。‎ ‎    My pleasure. 不客气，这是我高兴做的事。‎ ‎         No problem. 不客气；不用谢。‎ ‎    It‘s [It was] nothing. 没什么；不客气。‎ 191‎ ‎ 8.How do you spell．．．? 你怎么拼写/读……？‎ A: How do you spell “red”? B: R-E-D.‎ 用于询问或要求对方拼写单词的表达方式还有：‎ Spell it, please.请把它拼写出来。‎ Can you spell it, please? 请把它拼写出来好吗？‎ Do you know how to spell it? 你知道它如何拼写吗？‎ ‎9. ask for…. 请求/要…… 如：I’ll ask for two pencils. 我将要两支铅笔。 ‎ ask sb for sth 向某人请求/要某物 ask the teacher for help 向老师求助 ‎10. call sb at + 电话号码：“拨打．．．号码找某人” Call Alan at 495-3539.拨打495-3539找艾伦 ‎11.E-mail me at maryg2@gfimail.com.（请）给我maryg2@gfimail.com这个邮箱发邮件。‎ ‎ 1）at放在电子邮箱的地址或电话号码等前面，表示“根据……；按照……”‎ ‎ 2）@是at的缩写，读作at，com前的实心点读作dot。‎ ‎12. I must find it. 我必须找到它。‎ ‎13. a set of．．．一套／副／串．．．．．．a set of keys 一串钥匙 a set of．．．作句子的主语时，应看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数。如：‎ A set of keys is on the desk. 有串钥匙在桌子上。‎ ‎14.Is that your computer game in the lost and found case? 那个在失物招领箱里的电子游戏机是你的吗？‎ in the lost and found case 在失物招领箱里 基础巩固 一、根据句意和首字母提示填空。（10分）‎ 191‎ ‎1．What’s this in E ?‎ ‎2．How do you s pencil?‎ ‎3．Call Jane a 635－2469.‎ ‎4．Is this y eraser?‎ ‎5．My b is big. I can put many things in it.‎ ‎6．Is that your c game in the case?‎ ‎7．I want to buy two pencil s .‎ ‎8．A set of k is on your desk.‎ ‎9．Is your watch in the l and found case?‎ ‎10．He can’t find the word in the d .‎ 191‎ 二、根据句意用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。（10分）‎ 191‎ ‎1．_________(I) name is Lisa Barnes.‎ ‎2．Jenny is a girl. _____________(she) family name is Green.‎ ‎3．What’s ____________(you) name, please?‎ ‎4．He is a boy and she is a __________(boy的对应词).‎ ‎5．Nice __________(meet) you ,too.‎ ‎6．I have ___________(yes的反义词) notebook.‎ ‎7．That is _____________(Jim) watch.‎ ‎8．My friends __________(be) Gina and Sonia.‎ ‎9．I ___________(be) an English schoolgirl.‎ ‎10．______________(he) pencil is in the pencil case.‎ 191‎ 三、单项选择。（10分）‎ ‎（ ）1．－How do you spell ring?‎ ‎ －___________.‎ ‎ A．It’s a ring B．r－i－N－g C．R－I－N－G D．a ring ‎（ ）2．Is that __________ pencil case?‎ 191‎ ‎ A．he B．him C．his D．he’s ‎（ ）3．What’s this _________?‎ ‎ A．in english B．In English C．of English D．in English ‎（ ）4．－Lucy, you speak Chinese very well.‎ ‎ －Oh, really? __________.‎ ‎ A．Tank you B．I’m sorry C．That’s OK D．You’re welcome ‎（ ）5．－Is this an orange?‎ ‎ －Yes, ___________.‎ ‎ A．it’s B．its not C．it is D．is it ‎（ ）6．Tom and Jim __________ in Class 3.‎ ‎ A．is B．be C．am D．are ‎（ ）7．－What’s your telephone number?‎ ‎ －___________ 555－778.‎ ‎ A．This B．That C．It D．It’s ‎（ ）8．There is ________ basketball here. Do you like playing _________ baseball?‎ ‎ A．a; a B．a; / C．the; the D．a; the ‎（ ）9．－Hello, Miss Chen. __________?‎ ‎ －Fine, thank you.‎ ‎ A．Nice to meet you B．How do you do ‎ C．How are you D．Are you Miss Chen ‎（ ）10．－__________. What’s this in English?‎ ‎－__________, I don’t know.‎ ‎ A．Excuse me; Sorry B．Excuse me; Excuse me ‎ C．Sorry; Sorry D．Sorry; Excuse me 四、按要求完成下列句子，每空一词。（10分）‎ 191‎ ‎（A）句型转换。‎ ‎1．Is this your computer?(改为肯定陈述句)‎ ‎_________ _________ your computer.‎ ‎2．You, do, game, how, spell?（连词成句）‎ ‎ _________ _________ you _________ game?‎ ‎3．He can spell baseball.（改为否定句）‎ ‎ He _________ _________ baseball.‎ ‎4．Is this a blue ruler?（否定回答）‎ ‎ _________, _________ _________.‎ ‎5．My friends are fine.（对划线部分提问）‎ ‎ _________ _________ your friends?‎ ‎（B）根据汉语意思完成下列句子。‎ ‎6．那是你的金戒指吗？‎ ‎ Is _______ your ________ __________?‎ ‎7．今天晚上你能给我打电话吗？‎ ‎ Can you _______ ________ this ________?‎ ‎8．把你的笔记本放在你的背包里。‎ ‎ Put your _________ _________ your backpack.‎ ‎9．你的棒球在书桌里吗？‎ ‎ ________ your _________ __________ the desk?‎ ‎10．让我们一起去玩电脑游戏吧。‎ ‎ ________ go and play _________ __________‎ 五、重新给下列句子排序，使其成为一段完整的对话。（10分）‎ A: Goodbye.‎ B: Thank you. Goodbye.‎ C: Is it your notebook?‎ D: B－A－C－K－P－A－C－K.‎ E: Oh, it’s a backpack.‎ F: By the way (顺便问一下)，what’s that in English?‎ G: How do you spell backpack?‎ H: Hi, Sam. Is this a notebook?‎ I: Yes, it is.‎ J: Yes, it is mine.‎ 六、完形填空。（10分）‎ What 1 this? 2 a backpack. Its my 3 . What’s that? It’s a 4 . It is 5 computer. Is that a computer, too? 6 . It’s a TV set. It’s 7 TV set. I 8 it 9 Saturday evening. It is a 10 TV set.‎ ‎（ ）1．A．is B．are C．am D．be ‎（ ）2．A．He’s B．She’s C．It’s D．Is ‎（ ）3．A．ruler B．ring C．backpack D．book ‎（ ）4．A．TV set B．computer C．case D．pencil ‎（ ）5．A．hers B．she C．her D．I ‎ ‎（ ）6．A．Yes, it is B．Yes, it isn’t C．No, it is D．No, it isn’t 191‎ ‎（ ）7．A．I B．my C．her D．his ‎（ ）8．A．look B．see C．watch D．listen ‎（ ）9．A．on B．in C．at D．to ‎（ ）10．A．my B．well C．her D．good 七、阅读理解（20分）‎ ‎（A）‎ My name is Tina. I’m in Class 4, Grade 2. I’m in Row 2. Kate is my friend. She is in my class, too. She is in Row 1. My father has a beautiful car. The number is B－047968. Her father has a beautiful car, too. The number is E－0－double 4－double 9－5. Her father often drives her to my home. We are good friends. We are both fifteen.‎ 根据短文内容选择正确答案。（10分）‎ ‎（ ）1．Are Tina and Kate both students?‎ ‎ A．No, they aren’t. B．No, they are.‎ ‎ C．Yes, they aren’t. D．Yes, they are.‎ ‎（ ）2．What row is Tina in?‎ ‎ A．She is in Row Four. B．She is in Row Two.‎ ‎ C．She is in Row One. D．She is in Row Three.‎ ‎（ ）3．What’s the number of Kate’s father’s car?‎ ‎ A．It’s B－047968 B．It’s E－032143.‎ ‎ C．It’s B－032146. D．It’s E－044995.‎ ‎（ ）4．How old is Tina?‎ ‎ A．She is fifteen. B．She is thirteen. ‎ ‎ C．She is fourteen. D．She is twelve.‎ ‎（ ）5．What’s the number of Tina’s car? It’s __________.‎ ‎ A．B, zero, three, two, one, four, three ‎ B．E, zero, six, four, two, eight, four ‎ C．B, zero, four, seven, nine, six, eight ‎ D．E, zero, seven, seven, nine, nine, five ‎（B）‎ 阅读下面两幅“失物”与“招领”广告，回答下列问题。（10分）‎ Found:‎ New watch Is this your watch?‎ Please call Relsey.‎ Phone 123－2058‎ Lost:‎ My school ID Card.‎ My name is Mike.‎ Please call 568－2057‎ ‎6．Whose is the lost school ID card?‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎7．Who can you call to get the new watch back?‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎8．What’s Mike’s phone number?‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎9．Is Mike the owner of the watch?‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ 191‎ ‎10．Whose is the new watch?‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ 八、书面表达。（10分）‎ 假如David丢了手表，他的联系电话是245—8085。Kelsey捡到一本英文词典，她的联系电话是532—8668。请你为他们俩设计一份失物招领和寻物启事。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第四讲 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：谈论物品的位置；some和any（一些）的用法；名词所有格用法 重点难点：名词所有格用法 Unit 4 Where’s my backpack?‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. 谈论物品的位置 ‎ Where’s + 单数物品？ Where are + 复数物品？‎ It’s + 介词短语. They’re + 介词短语.‎ ‎ 1) Where’s the baseball? It’s in the backpack. 棒球在哪？在背包里。‎ ‎ 2) Where’s my computer game? It’s under the bed.我的电子游戏机在哪？在床下面。‎ ‎ 3) Where are your books? They’re on the chair.你的书在哪？在椅子上。‎ ‎ 4) Where are the keys? They’re on the dresser. 钥匙在哪？在梳妆台上。‎ 名词前已有作定语的this, that, my, your, some, any, each, every等代词，则不用冠词。‎ ‎2. 表位置的介词 ‎ on 在．．．．．．上（两者相接触） in 在．．．．．．里 under在．．．．．．下面（正下方）‎ ‎3. Come on, Jack! 快点儿，杰克！= Hurry (up), Jack!‎ ‎4. Gina’s books are everywhere.吉娜的书到处都是。‎ ‎5. I don’t know.我不知道。‎ 191‎ ‎6. take sb/sth to + 地点：把某人/某物带到某地。1) 把书带到学校 ‎ take sth to sb 把某物带给某人 2) 把书带给他 ‎7. Can you bring some things to school? 你能带些东西到学校吗？‎ ‎ bring“带来，拿来”表示从远处带到近处，从别的地方带到说话者的地方。‎ take “带走，拿走”表示从近处带到远处，从说话者的地方带到别的地方。‎ ‎1) 请给我带块橡皮擦。 2)请把这些书带给你妹妹。‎ ‎8. some和any（一些）‎ ‎ 1) some一般用于肯定句，any用于否定句和疑问句 ‎ ‎①我需要一些笔记本。‎ ‎②我没有书。I don’t have （ ）books.‎ ‎③Do you have ( )books? 你有一些书吗？‎ ‎ 2) 在表示请求、建议、征求意见等委婉语气的疑问句中，用some而不用any。‎ ‎①Can you bring some things to school? 你能带些东西到学校吗？‎ ‎②Would you like ( ) apples? 你想要一些苹果吗？‎ ‎9. on the wall与in the wall（在墙上）‎ ‎ 图画、黑板、风筝等“在墙上”，是因为它们在墙的表面，故用on the wall。‎ ‎ 门窗、钉子、洞、孔等“在墙上”，是因为它们在墙的里面，故用in the wall。‎ ‎10.名词所有格 ‎ 在英语中，当我们表达“我的”“你的”“他的”时，用代词my, your, his等。如果要表示“某个（些）人的”时，可以在某个（些）人后加’s来表示所有关系，这种形式我们称为所有格。如Mike的父亲：Mike’s father, 我妈妈的名字：my mother’s name △ 构成：1)单数名词加’s. 2)以s结尾的复数名词加’读音不变。如the teachers’ room(老师们的房间)‎ △ 表共同所有，在最后一个名词后加“’s”。 ‎ Jim and Tom’s mother 吉姆和汤姆的母亲（共同所有）‎ △ 表各自所有，在每个名词后加“’s”‎ Jim’s room and Tom’s room are both big. 吉姆的房间和汤姆的房间都很大。（各自所有）‎ 基础巩固 I. 选择填空（30分）‎ ‎( )1. _________ your hat?‎ A. Where B. Where're C. Where's D. Where are ‎( ) 2. Is his pencil case ____________ the drawer?‎ A. in B. at C. of D. to ‎( ) 3. Hello, mum! I need my English book. Can you _________ it to school?‎ A. need B. take C. bring D. have ‎( ) 4. The CDs ____________ in the drawer. ‎ A. am B. is C. are D. be ‎( ) 5. —Are the shoes under your bed? —____________. ‎ A. Yes, it is B. Yes, they are C. No, it isn't D. Yes, they’re ‎(　　)6．________ under the tree? No，they aren’t.‎ A．Where are B．What is C．Are they D．Is it 191‎ ‎( ) 7．I need to take the video tape _______ school. ‎ ‎ A. for B. of C. at D. to ‎( ) 8. Please ________ this key to your sister. She is at school. ‎ A. bring B. brings C. take D. to take ‎( ) 9. Look. This is ________ clock. It’s _______ alarm clock.‎ A. a; an B. an; an C. an; a D. a; a ‎( )10. __________ my toys. They are new. ‎ A. Here are B. Here is C. This is D. That is ‎( )11. —________under the desk? －No, they aren’t.‎ A. Where are B. What’s C. Are those rulers D. Is that ruler ‎( )12. －Where is your father? －__________.‎ A. They are in the bedroom B. It is in the bedroom C. I don’t know ‎ ‎( )13. — Are Jack and Mary your friends? —________.‎ A. Yes, they are B. They are C. Yes, they’re ‎ ‎( )14. My computer game is ______ the drawer and my books are _______ the sofa. ‎ A. on; on B. in; in C. on; in D. in; on ‎ ‎( )15. Look. This is a picture _____ my room. ________ bedroom is clean. ‎ A. of; A B. of; The C. for; A D. for; The ‎( )16. Look at those ________. They are nice.‎ A. photoes B. photos C. photo D. a photo ‎( )17．Is your photo in the drawer? ________.‎ A．Yes, I am B．No，it is C．Yes，it is D．No，I’m not ‎( )18．---________ my baseball? ---It’s under the chair.‎ A．Where B．Where’s C．Where’re D．Where are ‎( )19．---________ under the tree? ---No，they aren’t.‎ A．Where are B．What is C．Are they D．Is it ‎( )20．I need some things_________ class this afternoon. ‎ ‎ A. in B. at C. of D. for ‎( )21．There ________ a computer on the desk.‎ A．are B．have C．has D．is ‎( )22．A notebook and an eraser _________ in the pencil case. ‎ ‎ A. are B. is C. am D. have ‎( )23．I need to take the video tape back _________ the store after school. ‎ ‎ A. for B. of C. at D. to ‎( )24. Look at those ________. They are _______.‎ ‎ A. photoes; hers B. photos; his C. photo; her D. photoes; mine ‎( )25. --- ______ behind ______? --- My alarm clock.‎ ‎ A. What’s; the chair B. Where’s; the chair ‎ C. What are; the chair D. Where are; a chair ‎( )26．He ________ a small room. ________ a nice desk in it.‎ ‎　 A．is, There is B．has, Has C．have, There is D．has, There is ‎( )27．Lucy and Lily ________ a new bike.‎ ‎　 A．have B．has C．there is D．there are ‎( ) 28. Sally. I need my dictionary. Can you ___________?‎ 191‎ A. bring me it B. take me it C. bring it to me D. take it to me ‎( )29. Please _______ the eraser _______ here. I need it.‎ ‎ A. bring, / B. take, / c. bring, to D. take, to ‎( )30. --Is my baseball _____ the chair? I can’t see it. – Yes, it’s there.‎ ‎ A. under B. for C. of D. on II. 选择合适的答语（10分）.‎ ‎( ) 31. What’s in the room? A. Your baseball? I don’t know.‎ ‎( ) 32. Is that Jeff? B. Yes, they are.‎ ‎( ) 33. Are these your grandparents? C. No, they are in the backpack.‎ ‎( ) 34. How about my pencil case? D. It’s on the desk.‎ ‎( ) 35. Are the books on the sofa? E. No, it’s Jack. ‎ ‎( ) 36. Is the computer on the desk? F. Yes, it is.‎ ‎( ) 37.Who is your friend? G. No, it’s my cousin.‎ ‎( ) 38.What’s this in English? H. There are some things in it.‎ ‎( ) 39. Is that boy your brother? I. Guo Peng.‎ ‎( ) 40.Where’s my baseball? J. It’s a clock.‎ III. 阅读理解: （10分）‎ ‎ A This is a room in Kate’s house. There is a big bed, a table, a computer and some chairs in it. There’s a glass and some books on the table. There is a picture on the wall. Kate is in the room. She is looking at the picture. Her father and mother are in the school. They work hard. ‎ ‎（ ）41．Is there only one room in Kate’s house?‎ A．Yes, there is. B．There is a bed. C．There is a computer. D．I don’t know.‎ ‎（ ）42．What’s in the room? A．Only a bed. B．Only a table. ‎ C．Only some chairs. D．A bed, a table, a computer and some chairs.‎ ‎（ ）43．Is there anything on the table?‎ ‎　　 A．Yes, there is. B．No, there isn’t. C．Some books. D．A glass.‎ ‎（ ）44．Who is at home?‎ ‎　　 A．Kate’s father. B．Kate’s mother. C．Kate s brother. D．Kate.‎ ‎（ ）45．Kate’s father and mother are ________.‎ ‎　　 A．teachers B．students C．friends D．at home ‎ B My name is Jeff. I’m English. But now I live (住) in China. I am a student. This is my classroom. Fifteen small desks and thirty chairs are in the classroom. They are for (给) classmates (同班同学) and me. A big desk is in the classroom, too. It’s for my teacher. A clock is on the back (后面)wall of the classroom. Next to the clock is a map. It’s a map of China. ‎ My classroom is nice and clean. I like it very much. ‎ ‎( )46. Who is Jeff? ‎ ‎ A. A schoolboy. B. A schoolgirl. C. A Chinese student D. American.‎ ‎( )47. What is Jeff talking about? ‎ A. The family. B. The school. C. The classroom. D. The park.‎ ‎( )48. What’s on the back wall of the classroom? ‎ A. A clock. B. A map. C. A map and a clock. D. A picture. ‎ ‎( )49. How many desks are there (有) in the classroom? ‎ ‎ A. Fifteen. B. Sixteen. C. Thirty. D. Thirty-one.‎ ‎( )50. What does the underlined (划线) “it” mean (意思) in the passage (文章)?‎ 191‎ ‎ A. The classroom. B. The map of China. C. The big desk. D. The school IV．英汉互译 （10分）‎ ‎1．在桌子下________________ 2. 在抽屉里 ________________ ‎ ‎3．在沙发上面 ________________ 4. 在图片里 ________________ ‎ ‎5．在书架上 ________________ 6. 把… 带走到… ________________ ‎ ‎7. 我不知道 ___________ 8. 把… 带来到… ________________‎ ‎9.在地板上 ___________ 10. 他的录像带______________‎ V、句型转换。(10分 )‎ ‎1. His baseball is under the table. (变为一般疑问句) ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________? ‎ ‎2. His dresser is next to his bed. （变为否定句） ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________. ‎ ‎3. My keys are on the sofa. （对划线部分提问） ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________? ‎ ‎4. They are on the sofa.（改为单数句子）‎ ‎ ____ _ _____ on the sofa.‎ ‎5.Your baseball is under the chair.（对划线部分提问）‎ ‎ _______ ______ your baseball?‎ VI、 根据所给汉语, 完成句子(20分)‎ ‎1、 请把这些东西带去给你的哥哥。‎ Please __________these_________ __________ your brother. ‎ ‎2. 你能带一些你家的照片来学校吗? ‎ Can you __________some photos of your family __________ school? ‎ ‎3.这是我的全家福。　‎ ‎　_________ is the photo_________ my _________.‎ ‎4. 他的书包在桌子下面。‎ His ____________ is ____________ the table.‎ ‎5. 我的字典在沙发上。‎ My ____________ is ____________ the sofa.‎ ‎6. 我的棒球在哪里？‎ ‎____________ my baseball?‎ ‎7. 我的钥匙在梳妆台上吗？没有。‎ ‎____________ my ____________ on the dresser? No,____________ ____________.‎ ‎8. 她的闹钟在我的桌子上面。‎ Her is on my .‎ VII、 书面表达（10分）‎ 李雷想要他妹妹李梅给他带些东西到学校来：地板上的笔记本；书桌上的尺子；桌底下的录像带；书橱上的数学书。请你给他写一张留言条。‎ Dear Li Mei, ‎ 191‎ ‎—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— ‎ ‎ Thanks,‎ ‎ Li Lei 第五讲 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：have的一般疑问句用法（用于第一、第二人称和第三人称的复数）及其肯定和否定回答 重点难点：掌握句型：Do you have…?yes,I do/No,I don't ‎ ‎ Do I/we have…?yes,you do/No,you don't ‎ ‎ Do they have…?yes,they do/No,they don't Unit 5 Do you have a soccer ball?‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. Do you have．．．．．．? Yes, I do. No, I don’t..‎ ‎ 你有……吗？ 是的，我有。 不，我没有。‎ Do they have．．．．．．? Yes, they do. No, they don’t..‎ 191‎ Does he have．．．．．．? Yes, he does. No, he doesn’t.‎ Does she have．．．．．．? Yes, she does. No, she doesn’t.‎ 在一般现在时中，句子的谓语动词若是实义动词，常借助助动词do或does来构成否定句或疑问句。Does用于主语是第三人称单数的句子中，其他情况用do。‎ ‎2. do/does ‎ ‎ 1）作助动词，帮助构成一般现在时的否定句或疑问句，无意义。‎ ‎ Do you have a soccer ball? 你有足球吗？‎ ‎ I don’t know. 我不知道。‎ ‎ Does Jim have a sister? 吉姆有妹妹吗？‎ ‎ What does he like? 他喜欢什么？‎ ‎ He doesn’t like English. 他不喜欢英语。‎ ‎ 2) 作实义动词，“做，干”。‎ ‎ I do my homework every day. 我每天都做家庭作业。‎ ‎ Bob does his homework every day. 鲍勃每天都做家庭作业。‎ ‎ 3) 在一般现在时中，do/does 可用来替代上文出现过的动词，以避免重复。‎ ‎ Do you have a soccer ball? 你有足球吗？Yes, I do. 是的，我有。（do 代have）‎ Does she have an eraser? Yes, she does. ‎ I don’t have a soccer ball, but my brother Alan does.‎ 我没有足球，但我的哥哥艾伦有。‎ ‎3. Let’s do sth. “（让）我们做某事吧。”表示建议。(let’s = let us)‎ ‎ 肯定回答一般用That sounds good.（那听起来很好）/OK.好的 / All right.好的 / Great.好极了/ Good idea. 好主意 ‎ ‎ 否定回答一般用sorry, I．．．‎ ‎　 1) 让我们上学去吧。好的。 2）我们打乒乓球吧。对不起，我有许多家庭作业要做。‎ ‎4. let sb. do sth. 让某人作某事 ‎ 1）让他踢足球。 2）让海伦回家吧 ‎5. We’re late! 我们迟到了！be late for…. ……迟到 Don’t be late for school.不要上学迟到。‎ ‎6. play + 球类名词：打/踢……球（注意：球类运动不用冠词）‎ ‎ play ping-pong/basketball/volleyball/tennis/soccer ‎7. sound ‎ 1)连系动词，“听起来”，后接形容词作表语。‎ ‎ That story sounds very interesting.那故事听起来很有趣。‎ ‎ 2)名词“声音”（泛指自然界中的各种声音）。‎ ‎ The sound is too loud.声音太大了。‎ ‎8. We play it at school with our friends.我们和我们的朋友在学校踢。‎ ‎ 1）at school 在学校 ‎ 2）with “和；与；跟……在一起”‎ ‎9. It’s easy for me.这对我来说挺容易的。‎ ‎ for的用法 ‎ 1）供……用，给……的 ‎ Is this apple for me? 这个苹果是给我的吗？‎ ‎ Here is a letter for your mother. 这儿有你妈妈的一封信。‎ ‎ 2）作……用（表用途）‎ ‎ Do you need bags for sports? 你需要运动包吗？‎ 191‎ ‎ I need a cup for milk. 我需要一个装牛奶的杯子。‎ ‎ 3）就……而言，对于……来说 ‎ For lunch, I like hamburgers and salad. 午饭我喜欢汉堡和沙拉。‎ ‎ For girls, we have T-shirts in all colors.女孩子们可以买到各种颜色的T恤衫。‎ ‎ 4）以……的价格（表交换、价格）‎ ‎ You can buy socks for only 5 dollars each. 你可以买到每双只卖5美元的袜子。‎ ‎ 5）for oneself 亲自 ‎ Come and see for yourself.你亲自来看看吧。‎ ‎10. sports club 体育俱乐部 ‎ Sport“运动”，修饰名词时，总是用复数形式。sports meeting运动会sports shoes运动鞋 ‎11. play/do sports做运动 ‎12.watch TV看电视 ‎13.on TV/on the radio/on the computer/on the phone 在电视上/在收音机上/在电脑上/在电 上 电子产品上用介词on。‎ ‎14.every day 每天 She plays sports every day. 她每天都做运动。‎ ‎ everyday日常的 everyday English 日常英语 ‎15.after class 下课后 after school 放学后 ‎16. 辨析interesting与interested ‎ 1) interesting可作表语，指某人/事/物本身有趣；也可作定语修饰人或物 ‎① The book is interesting. 这书很有趣。 (作表语)‎ ‎ ②I have an interesting book.我有本有趣的书。（作定语）‎ ‎ 2) interested用于be/get/become interested in…(对……感兴趣)这一结构中。‎ ‎ He is interested in playing football.他对踢足球感兴趣。‎ ‎17.时态概说 ‎ 在英语中，不同时间发生的动作或存在的状态，要用不同的动词形式来表示，这种表示动作发生时间的各种动词形式称为时态。‎ ‎ I am 14 this year. 今年我14 岁。 I was 13 last year.去年我13 岁。‎ ‎ He plays soccer every day.他每天都踢足球。 He played soccer yesterday.昨天他踢足球了。‎ ‎ 时态包括两方面的因素，一为“时”即时间，一为“态”即方式。从时间上看，英语时态有现在、过去、将来、过去将来之分；从方式上看，每一时间内的动作表现方式又有一般、进行、完成、完成进行之别。动词表示的动作可以发生于四种不同的时间，表现出四种不同的方式，每一种“时间---方式”构成一种时态，因此英语中共有16 种时态。‎ ‎18.一般现在时 ‎ 一般现在时表示现在的状态，如：He is 12. She is at home. 表示经常的或习惯性的动作，如：I go to school at 7:30 every day. 表示主语具备的性格和能力等，如：She likes apples. They know English.‎ ‎ 1)动词be ‎ 肯定式 否定式 I am．．．．‎ ‎ You are．．．．‎ He/She/It is．．．．‎ We/You/They are．．．．‎ I am not．．．．‎ You are not．．．．‎ He/She/It is not．．．．‎ We/You/They are not．．．．‎ 191‎ 疑问式和简略答语 ‎ ‎ Am I．．．．?‎ ‎ Yes, you are. ‎ ‎ No, you are not.‎ Are we．．．．?‎ ‎ Yes, we/you are.‎ ‎ No, we/you are not Are you．．．．?‎ Yes, I am.‎ No, I am not.‎ Are you．．．．?‎ Yes, we are.‎ No, we are not.‎ Is he/she/it．．．．?‎ ‎ Yes, he/she/it is.‎ ‎ No, he/she/it is not.‎ Are they．．．．?‎ ‎ Yes, they are.‎ ‎ No, they are not.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 2)动词do ‎ ‎ 肯定式 否定式 I like．．．．‎ You like．．．．‎ He/She/It likes．．．．‎ We/You/They like．．．．‎ I do not (don’t) like．．．．‎ You do not (don’t) like．．．．‎ He/She/It does not (doesn’t) likes．．．．‎ We/You/They do not (don’t) like．．．．‎ 疑问式和简略答语 ‎ ‎ Do I like oranges?‎ ‎ Yes, you do.‎ ‎ No, you do not(don’t)‎ Do we like oranges?‎ ‎ Yes, we/you do.‎ ‎ No, we/you do not(don’t)‎ Do you like oranges? ‎ Yes, I do.‎ No, I do not(don’t)‎ Do you like oranges? ‎ Yes, we do.‎ No, we do not(don’t)‎ Does he/she/it like oranges?‎ ‎ Yes, he/she/it does.‎ ‎ No, he/she/it does not.‎ Do they like oranges? ‎ Yes, they do.‎ No, they do not(don’t)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 当主语是第三人称单数时，动词形式有以下几种变化：‎ 规则 动词原形 第三人称单数形式 一般动词在词尾加-s,在清辅音后读/s/，在 浊辅音或元音后读/z/，在t后读/ts/，在d 后读/ds/。‎ help like swim listen know play get find helps /helps/‎ likes /laiks/‎ swims /wimz/‎ listens /’lisənz/‎ knows /nəʊz/‎ plays /pleiz/‎ gets /gets/‎ finds /faindz/‎ 以字母s, x, sh, ch结尾的动词加-es, 读/iz/。如果动词原形词尾已有e，则加s。以o结 尾的动词也加-es，读/z/。‎ teach go teaches goes 以辅音字母加y结尾的动词，先边y为i，‎ 再加-es，读/z/。‎ study studies 191‎ 基础巩固 一 单项选择（20）‎ ‎（ ）1 ----Do you have a ball? ----Yes, ____________‎ A .I am B. it is C. you do D. I do ‎（ ）2 ----______ your son have a key? ----No, he ________.‎ A. Do don’t B. Does doesn’t C. Do doesn’t D. Does don’t ‎（ ）3 ----Let's play computer games. ----__________ ‎ A. That sounds good. B. No, I don't. ‎ C. Well, let's play soccer. D. No, I don't have a ball. ‎ ‎（ ）4 I think the math class is_______, so I don’t like it. ‎ A．interesting B．boring C．relaxing D．fun ‎（ ）5 I ________ TV at night. ‎ A．look at B．see C．watch D．look ‎（ ）6 I have _______ basketball. Let’s play ________ basketball. ‎ A．the, the B．an, × C．×, the D．a, ×‎ ‎（ ）7 ----_______they have some sports things? ----Yes, they_______‎ A．Are, are B．Do, do C．Can, do D．Do, can ‎（ ）8 I can ________ many things on the table. ‎ A．look at B．see C．watch D．look ‎（ ）9 His brother ______ a tennis ball.‎ A. have B. is C. has D. there is ‎ ‎（ ）10 _________ have many _________.‎ A. We CD B. I CD C. They CDs D. She CDs ‎（ ）11 Sonia and Jeff ________ sports every morning.‎ A. doesn’t play B. don’t play C. plays D. not play ‎（ ）12 That ________ fun.‎ A. sound B. is sound C. sounds D. does sound ‎（ ）13 _______ your friend like English?‎ A. Is B. Does C. Do D. Has ‎（ ）14 Ed often _______ sports games ________TV A. watch, on B watch, in C. watches, in D. watches, on ‎（ ）15. Peter gives(给) ______ some pencils and we like _______.‎ A. we, it B. us, them C. us, they D. me, they 191‎ ‎（ ）16 ----What a beautiful skirt! ---- ______________‎ A. All right B. You’re right. C. Don’t say so. D. Thank you ‎（ ）17 He _______ a brother and a sister.‎ A. doesn’t have B. doesn’t has C. don’t has D. don’t have ‎（ ）18 There _______ a soccer ball and eight __________.‎ A. are, basketballs B. are, basketball C. is, basketballs D. is, basketball ‎（ ）20 We play sports __________.‎ A. everyday B. each day C. the every day D. every day 二 阅读理解（5 ）‎ ‎ I have a friend. His name is John. He likes sports very much. He loves soccer, basketball, volleyball and baseball. He plays basketball very well. He likes watching games on TV. He plays sports every day. He often says(说), “Let’s play …”. He joins(加入) two clubs: a basketball club and a baseball club. He has a sports collection. He has twelve tennis rackets, nine baseballs, three volleyballs, four basketballs and one soccer ball.‎ ‎（ ）21. My friend likes ________‎ A soccer B basketball C baseball D . A, B and C ‎（ ）22. How does he play basketball?‎ A Ok B Very well C Good D Right ‎（ ）23. Does he play sports every day?‎ A Yes, he does B No, he doesn’t C Yes, he doesn’t D No, he does.‎ ‎（ ）24. Is he a member(成员) of a baseball club?‎ A Yes, he isn’t B No, he is C Yes, he is D No, he isn’t ‎（ ）25. How many sports tools(工具) does he have?‎ A 10 B 18 C 23 D 29‎ 三从下列方框中选出恰当的句子，完成对话。答案填题后的横线上。（ 5 ）‎ A: Let’s play tennis.‎ B: ____26__. But I don’t have a tennis racket. Do you have one?‎ A: No, I don’t. But I have a soccer ball. ____27___‎ B: No, ____28__. Let’s play ping-pong. I have a ping-pong bat.‎ A. He’s in his bedroom B. Let’s play basketball. ‎ C. That sounds fun D. Good. Where is it ?‎ E. Do you have a tennis racket?‎ F. That sounds boring G. Let’s play soccer A: ____29__‎ B: It’s in my backpack.. Do you have a bat? ‎ A: No, I don’t. But my brother has a bat and a ball B: Good. Where is he ?‎ A: ____30__ ‎ 191‎ Answer 26____ 27________ 28______ 29_______ 30_______‎ 四 根据句子意思，用所给词的适当形式填空。（15）‎ ‎31 _________ you __________( have ) a tennis ball ?‎ ‎32 _________ your cousin __________( play ) ping-pong?‎ ‎33 I have ten ping-pong __________( bat ) and seven __________( volleyball ) .‎ ‎34 Allan __________ ( not have ) a brother.‎ ‎35 His name __________( sound ) fun.‎ ‎36 Can you ___________( bring ) your picture here ?‎ ‎37 That sounds ___________( well )‎ ‎38 Sonia ___________( watch ) TV in the morning.‎ ‎39 I have many ___________( friend ) here.‎ ‎40 I have only one __________( watch )‎ ‎41Let _________( we ) have a look (看一看).‎ ‎42They ________( not play ) sports. They only watch them on TV 五 根据句子意思和首字母完成单词。（ 10）‎ ‎43 Ed has a great sports c_______________.‎ ‎44 Mr and Mrs Green h_____________ two children. One is a daughter, the other is a son.‎ ‎45 The boys have five b_________, nine tennis r___________, one ping-pong b________ and many baseballs.‎ ‎46 My brother and I p____________ sports every morning.‎ ‎47 The math question is very d_____________. I don’t like it.‎ ‎48 There are many s___________ clubs: baseball, ping-pong and more!‎ ‎49 Let’s w__________ the game on TV ‎50 ----- Let’s play ping-pong. ----- Great. That sounds r_____________.‎ 六 完成句子。( 20 )‎ ‎51 我们玩电脑游戏吧。‎ Let’s ____________ _____________ __________________‎ ‎52 我哥哥有两个足球。‎ My brother has ______________ _________________ _______________.‎ ‎53 她每天做运动。‎ She ___________ _____________ every day.‎ ‎54 你经常打网球吗？‎ Do you often ____________ _______________?‎ ‎55 你们学校有排球俱乐部？‎ 191‎ ‎___________ your school have a ______________ club?‎ ‎56 我们年级有十一个班 There are ___________ ______________ in our grade.‎ ‎58 他仅仅在电视上看他们。‎ He __________ ____________ _____________ on TV.‎ 七从Ⅱ中找出与Ⅰ相对应的句子（5分）‎ Ⅰ Ⅱ ‎( )1. Let's play soccer. A. Yes, they do.‎ ‎( )2. Do you have 70 balls at school? B. No, he doesn't.‎ ‎( )3. Do they like watching TV? C. No, we don't.‎ ‎( )4. Does Eddy like sports? D. Great! That sounds fun.‎ ‎( )5. Do you and your friend play soccer every day? E. No, I don't think so.‎ 八 用be 或have 的适当形式填空。（5）‎ ‎1 ___________ Lucy and Lily good friends?‎ ‎2 My father _________ a key.‎ ‎3 ________ she your English teacher?‎ ‎4 The boys _________ a tennis. 5 ______ they ________ soccer balls?‎ 第六讲 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：like的一般现在时，一般疑问句及肯、否定回答 重点难点：名词的分类 Unit 6  Do you like bananas?‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. like 喜欢 ‎ 1）like sb. / sth.喜欢某人/某物 ‎ 2) like to do sth.喜欢/想要做某事（表一次性或特指的某一具体的动作）‎ ‎ 3) like doing sth喜欢做某事（表习惯性的动作或爱好）‎ 191‎ ‎ ①我喜欢每天打篮球。I like playing basketball every day. ‎ ‎②今天很冷，我喜欢呆在家里。Today is cold, I like to stay at home.‎ ‎2. Do you like bananas? 你喜欢香蕉吗。‎ ‎ 可数名词可用复数表示一类人或事物 ‎3. 名词的分类 ‎ 1）名词分为“专有名词”和“普通名词”两大类。专有名词是个别的人、事物、地点等专有的名称，如：Gina, China。专有名词的第一个字母要大写。‎ ‎ 2）普通名词又可分为下面四类：‎ ‎①个体名词：表示某类人或东西中的个体。如pen, student, apple。‎ ‎②集体名词：表示若干个体组成的集合体。如family, class。‎ ‎③物质名词：表示无法分为个体的物质。如water, broccoli等。‎ ‎④抽象名词：表示动作、状态、品质、情感等。如work, happiness等。‎ 个体名词和集体名词都是可数名词，物质名词和抽象名词都是不可数名词。‎ ‎ 3）有些名词既可作可数名词又可作不可数名词，但意义不同，要注意区分。‎ ‎①glass cn. 杯子 un. 玻璃 orange cn 橘子 un. 橘汁 ‎②还有表示动物类的名词，表示动物时是可数名词，作为菜肴时是不可数名词。‎ ‎ chicken cn. 小鸡 un. 鸡肉 fish cn.鱼 un. 鱼肉 ‎③salad, ice cream, food, fruit 作总称讲是不可数名词，作种类讲是可数名词 ‎ She likes hamburgers, salad and apples.‎ ‎ a salad of tomato ‎4. good / well ‎ 1) good adj “好的”，常用来修饰名词。a good student一位好学生 ‎ 2）well ①adj “好的”，“健康的”（指身体好）He doesn’t feel well.他感觉不舒服。②adv. “好”常用来修饰动词，放在动词之后。He learns English well.他英语学得好。‎ ‎5. 许多 ‎1) lots of = a lot of 修饰可数或不可数名词。lots of / a lot of bananas lots of / a lot of water ‎2）many修饰可数名词 many boys many bananas ‎3）much修饰不可数名词 much water much broccoli ‎6. think about 思考；考虑 ‎7. Sports star 体育明星 ‎ sport作修饰语时通常用复数形式。如：sports meeting 运动会sports shoes 运动鞋 ‎8. ask sb about sth .询问某人关于某事 ‎ He asked me about the meeting.他问我关于运动会的一些情况。‎ ‎9. What do you like for breakfast? 你早餐喜欢（吃）什么？‎ ‎10. For breakfast, she likes eggs, bananas, and apples.= She likes eggs, bananas, and apples for breakfast.她早餐喜欢吃鸡蛋，香蕉和苹果。‎ ‎ sb like ．．．．for + 某餐 = For + 某餐，sb. like．．．．（某人某餐喜欢吃什么）‎ ‎11. one last question 最后一个问题 ‎12. I don’t want to be fat. 我不想变胖。‎ ‎ want to be… “想要成为……；想要变得……”，动词be后接形容词或名词。‎ ‎ Do you want to be a teacher? 你想成为一名老师吗？‎ ‎ I don’t want to be old! 我可不想变老！‎ 191‎ 基础巩固 一、选择填空。(35分)‎ ‎( )1．There are(有) two _______ on the table．‎ A．tomatos B．tomatoes C．broccolis D．salads ‎( )2．Jack _______ ice cream．A．like B．is like C．1ikes D．are like ‎( )3．---_________ like French fries? 一Yes，she does．‎ A．Do you B．Do they C．Does he D．Does she ‎( )4．---_____ you like salad，Amy?--- ___________.‎ A．Does；Yes，I do B．Do；No，I don’t C．Do；Yes，she does D．Does；Yes，she does ‎( )5．Lucy ________ a sister and a brother．She likes ________ very much．‎ ‎ A．Have：them B．has；they C．has：them D．have；her and him ‎( )6.--- Let’s have some ice cream on the table．一Oh，no．I _______ like it．‎ A．do B．don’t C. doesn’t D. does ‎( )7．Please give(给)me some _______.‎ A．photos B. banana C. tomatos D. watchs ‎( )8．--- _____ your sister and brother like bananas?---________.‎ A．Do；Yes，she does B．Do；No，they don’t C．Does；Yes she does D．Do；Yes，they are ‎( ) 9. --- ______ your parents like ice cream?--- _____________.‎ A．Are；Yes，they are B．Does；No，he doesn't C．Do；Yes，they do D．Do；No，they doesn’t ‎( )10．I like _______ lunch． ‎ A．broccolis for B．tomatos at C．strawberries for D．chickens at ‎( )11．Lucy _______ a book in her bag．A．have B．has C．is D．are ‎( )12．That ______ interesting．A．sound B．are C．sounds D．am ‎( )13．My sister _______ baseball every day．A．is B．plays C．play D．does ‎( )14．I have 50 ______ in my school． A．books B．pen C．pencil D．photoes ‎( )15. --- Do you have a great sports collection, Jane? --- __________‎ A．Yes，she does B．No, she doesn’t C．Yes，I does D．No，I don’t ‎( )16．--- Are you a student(学生)，too? ---- _________.‎ A．Yes，I am B．No，I’m not C．Yes，I do D．A and B ‎( )17．Tony’s brother _______ sports every day．‎ ‎ A．watch B．watchs C．watches D．have ‎( )18．Let’s _______ computer games．A．do B．play C．have D．are ‎( )19．My brother has __________.‎ A．3 books, 2 soccer ball and 5 basketballs B．3 baseballs，5 keys and 4 tennis racket C．5 watches, 6 clocks and 9 balls D．8 baseballs，3 basketball，6 soccer balls ‎( )20．I only watch volleyballs games ______ TV. A．in B．about C．on D．‎ ‎( )21.．—Let’s have oranges. — ________.‎ A．That’s sound good B．That sounds well C．That’s sounds good D．That sounds good ‎( )22. --Do you know the girl in the hat? ---______.‎ ‎ A. Yes, I am. B. Yes , she is. C. Yes, I know. D. Yes , I do.‎ 191‎ ‎( )23.He ______ like baseball at all. A. do B. don’t C. does D. doesn’t ‎( )24. We have ______ lunch at school. A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎( ) 25．He has ________ egg and ________ hamburger. ‎ A．an, an B．a, a C．an, a D．a, an ‎( )26．There is a ________ store. It has bananas, apples, pears and oranges. ‎ A．vegetable B．food C．fruit D．drink ‎( )27．What ________ she have ________ dinner? ‎ A．do, in B．does, for C．is, at D．can, to ‎( )28．There is some ________ on the table. ‎ A．tomato B．egg C．chickens D．orange ‎( )29．— Do you like French fries? — ________. ‎ A．Yes, I do B．Yes, I don’t C．I like them very much D．I don’t like them ‎( )30．________ your mother ________ carrots? ‎ A．Do; eat B．Is; eat C．Does; eat D．Are; eat ‎( )31．I eat some salad, but I don’t like_____. A．them B．it C．a D．aren’t ‎( )32．— Do they like hamburgers? 　 — Yes, they like ________ very much.‎ ‎ A．it B．them C．their D．its ‎( )33．Her parents ________ lunch at home. ‎ A．doesn’t have B．haven’t C．hasn’t D．don’t have ‎( )34．________ does Lucy like? Tomatoes. A．How B．What C．Where D．Why ‎( )35．Aunt Li likes _____. A．run B. runing C．runs D．running 二．阅读理解（5分）‎ Jack likes eggs，bananas and apples． So every day，he has two eggs，one apple，a cup(杯) of milk(牛奶) and some bread(面包) for breakfast．But for lunch，he has bananas，some chicken and vegetables．And for dinner，he has tomatoes，French fries and ice cream．‎ ‎ His sister likes dessert，oranges and apples．She often(经常) has some hamburgers，one apple and bread for her breakfast．She likes tomatoes，salad and some fish(鱼) for lunch．For dinner，she likes strawberries and some chicken．‎ ‎( )36. What does Jack have for his breakfast?‎ ‎ A．Some hamburgers，one apple and bread． B．Bananas，one egg and a cup of milk．‎ C．Two eggs，one apple and a cup of milk．‎ D．One apple，two eggs，some bread and a cup of milk．‎ ‎( )37．_______ likes dessert，oranges and apples．‎ ‎ A．Jack B．Jack’s mother C．Jack’s father D．Jack’s sister ‎( )48．Jack has ________ for his dinner．‎ ‎ A．tomatoes B．French fries and ice cream C．bananas and some chicken D．A and B ‎( )39．Jack has some chicken ______ ，but his sister has some chicken ________.‎ A．for breakfast；for dinner B． for lunch；for dinner C． for dinner；for lunch D． for dinner；for dinner ‎( )40．Which is right(正确的)?‎ ‎ A．Jack likes dessert，but he doesn’t like apples．‎ ‎ B．Jack likes vegetables， his sister likes them, too．‎ ‎ C．Jack has two eggs for breakfast，but his sister has one egg．‎ ‎ D．Jack has bananas for lunch，and his sister has apples for lunch．‎ 191‎ 三．首字母填空（10分）‎ ‎1．I have hamburgers for b___________. ‎ ‎2. Here are some tomatoes. Do you like t _________?‎ ‎3. I like French f _________. ‎ ‎4. I have an ice c_________.‎ ‎5. Children should (应当) eat lots of v___________. ‎ ‎6. What do you have for d__________?‎ ‎7. Liu Xiang is a r________ star. ‎ ‎8. She eats h________ food every day.‎ ‎9. How m________ apples do you have? ‎ ‎10.The runner eats w_________.‎ 四．根据句意用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。（10分）‎ ‎1. Let’s _______(have) some bananas. ‎ ‎2. Eric _________(have) French fries for lunch.‎ ‎3. The boy is very ________(health). ‎ ‎4. She ___________(not like ) playing computer games.‎ ‎5. —What are these? —They are _________(orange).‎ ‎6. Sandra Clark (eat) eggs and apples every day.‎ ‎7. Some (strawberry) are on the table.‎ ‎8. My sister (like) bread and milk for breakfast.‎ ‎9. There _______(be) a lot of broccoli on the table.‎ ‎10. Does _______(he) brother have lunch at school?‎ 五．句型转换。(10分)‎ ‎1. Her brother likes meat.(就划线部分提问) ________ _________ her brother like?‎ ‎2. There are oranges on the table. (变为单数句)There _____ ______ _______ on the table.‎ ‎3. He likes salad for supper. (变为一般疑问句) ______ he ______ salad for supper?‎ ‎4. They like to eat ice-cream. (变为否定句) They _______ _______ to eat ice-cream.‎ I like fruit, but I don’t like vegetables.(用Jane作主语改写句子)‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________.‎ 六．根据中文完成句子(20分)。‎ ‎1．对于甜食，他喜欢冰激凌．　‎ He _________ ice cream _________ ____________. 　‎ ‎2．他们午饭喜欢胡萝卜，你们呢？‎ They like __________ __________ ___________. _______ ________ you?‎ ‎3.让我们吃沙拉，‎ ‎___________ ___________ salad.‎ ‎4．我爸爸午饭喜欢吃汉堡。我妈妈晚饭喜欢吃西红柿。我妹妹喜欢吃冰激淋。‎ My father ___________ hamburgers _______ _________. My mother likes ___________ ___________ ___________. My sister likes _______ ________.‎ ‎5．运动员吃得好。 ____________ eat _____________.‎ 七．作文（10分）‎ 请以My Three Meals(餐)为题写一篇短文。‎ 要求：语句通顺。40词左右。‎ My Three Meals 191‎ ‎______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 第七讲 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：询问价格的表达方法；how many/how much的区别；‎ for的用法 重点难点：take的用法 ‎ 191‎ Unit 7 How much are these socks?‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. 询问价格 ‎ 1） How much is +　单数商品？ How much are + 复数商品？ ‎ ‎ It’s + 钱 They’re + 钱 ‎ ①这件红色的裙子多少钱？100元。‎ ‎②这条蓝裤子多少钱？30美元.‎ ‎ 2） What’s the price of + 商品？ ‎ ‎ It’s + 钱 ‎ ‎①这件红色的裙子多少钱？100元。‎ ‎②这条蓝裤子多少钱？30美元.‎ ‎2. how many/how much ‎ 询问数量how many + 可数名词，how much + 不可数名词 ‎ 1）你有多少苹果？How many apples do you have?‎ ‎ 2）你想要多少水？How much water do you want?‎ ‎3. socks袜子, shoes鞋, pants裤子,trousers裤子等都是成双成对的物品，一般以复数形式出现，作主语时谓语动词用复数形式。但它们和a pair of （一双、一副或一对）连用作主语时，谓语动词要与pair在数上一致。‎ ‎ The pants are Tom’s. 这条裤子是汤姆的。‎ ‎ The pair of pants is Tom’s. 这条裤子是汤姆的。‎ ‎4. 英美等西方国家的货币单位像dollar（美元）、cent（美分）、pound（英镑）、penny（便士）、shilling（先令）等有单复数变化。我国的货币单位元（yuan）、角（jiao）、分（fen）单复数一样。‎ ‎ △表示货币等度量衡单位的词在句中作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。‎ ‎ 100 dollars is quite a lot of money for him. 100美元对他来说是相当多的钱。‎ ‎5. Can I help you? 我能帮助你吗？‎ ‎ 此句是主动提供帮助时的服务用语。它的翻译随着场所的不同而不同。在饭店：你想吃点什么？在商店：你想买点什么？‎ ‎ 肯定回答：Yes, please. …‎ ‎　否定回答：No, thanks. (…)‎ ‎　与Can I help you?同义的常用表达还有：What can I do for you?/ May I help you?/Is there anything I can do for you?‎ ‎6. want sth 想要某物 1)我想要个苹果。‎ ‎ want to do sth. 想要做某事 2)他想打篮球 ‎ want sb. to do sth. 想要某人做某事 3）我想要他帮助我 ‎7. Here you are.给你。‎ ‎8. It looks nice.它看起来很漂亮。Look“看起来；看上去”，连系动词，后接形容词作表语。‎ ‎9. I’ll take it.我买了。‎ ‎10.表感谢的用语：Thank you / Thank you very much / Thanks / Thanks a lot / Many thanks.‎ 回答感谢的用语：That’s all right / That’s OK. Not at all. You’re welcome.‎ 191‎ ‎11.Come and buy your clothes at our great sale! 我们在大甩卖，快来买衣服！‎ ‎ 1）come and do sth 来做某事 ‎ Come and see us. 来拜访 / 看看我们吧。‎ ‎ Please come and have dinner with us. 请来跟我们吃顿饭吧。‎ ‎ 2）on sale 出售；廉价出售 for sale待售 ‎ ‎1）房子在待售 2）毛衣在出售 ‎12.We sell all our clothes at very good prices.我们卖的所有服装价格都很优惠。‎ ‎ at very good prices 以合理/优惠的价格 ‎13.for的用法 ‎ 1）供……用，给……的 ‎ Is this apple for me?这个苹果是给我的吗？‎ ‎ Here is a letter for your mother. 这儿有你妈妈的一封信。‎ ‎ 2）作……用（表用途）‎ ‎ Do you need bags for sports?你需要运动包吗？‎ ‎ I need a cup for milk. 我需要一个装牛奶的杯子。‎ ‎ 3）就……而言，对于……来说 ‎ For lunch, I like hamburgers and salad. 午饭我喜欢汉堡和沙拉。‎ ‎ For girls, we have T-shirts in all colors.女孩子们可以买到各种颜色的T恤衫。‎ ‎ 4）以……的价格（表交换、价格）‎ ‎ You can buy socks for only 5 dollars each. 你可以买到每双只卖5美元的袜子。‎ ‎ 5）for oneself 亲自 ‎ Come and see for yourself.你亲自来看看吧。‎ ‎14. buy sb. sth. = buy sth. for sb.给某人买某物 ‎ buy my mother a sweater = buy a sweater for my mother给我妈妈买了件毛衣 ‎ △sth若是代词，只能用buy sth. for sb. buy it for him ‎15. have a look at = look at看一看 基础巩固 ‎-.单项选择(15分)‎ ‎1.---Can I help you? ----_____.‎ ‎ A. Thank you B. Yes, please. I want a pen. C. I’m sorry D. You’re welcome ‎2.---Can I use your dictionary? ----Sure._____.‎ ‎ A. Here you are B. Give you C .Here it is D. Here are you ‎3.---What color ____the pants? ----______blue.‎ ‎ A. is, is B. is, It’s C. are, They’re D. are, They ‎4. We have socks ____black.‎ ‎ A. for B. at C. of D. in ‎5---____are those two girls?‎ ‎----They are Monna and Gina.‎ ‎ A. How B. How much C .Who D. What ‎6. Please have a ____Guangming Clothing Store.‎ ‎ A. look at B. look C. see D. watch ‎7. Each of the students_____ a Chinese book.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. have D. has 191‎ ‎8 .Let’s sell these watches _____them.‎ ‎ A. at B. from C. in D. to ‎9. How much _____do you want?‎ ‎ A .bananas B. milk C. apples D. oranges ‎10. We can buy some nice clothes _____ a very good _____.‎ ‎ A. at, price B. in, price C. at, cost D. at, selling ‎11. We have some good things _____ a good price.‎ ‎ A. in B. for C. at D. with ‎12. The socks are too cheap. I’ll _____them.‎ ‎ A. bring B .want C. take D. do ‎13. We can _____ clothes _____ this shop.‎ ‎ A. buy, to B. buy, from C. sell, from D. buy, for ‎14. How much _____ these pants? ‎ ‎ A. is B. am C. are D. do ‎15. Come down to the shop and see for_____.‎ ‎ A. you B .yourself C. your D. yours 二. 完形填空(15分)‎ ‎ Hi, boys and girls. Have 1 look 2 Sister Ma Clothes Shop. We have black and blue hats 3 ($15) 4 . The blue sweater is ($33) 5 and the yellow sweater is ($30) 6 . The yellow shorts are 7 ($30) and the green shorts are 8 sale for ($25). You ask how 9 the shoes are ? 10 are the shoes? Oh, I’m sorry. These are my shoes.‎ ‎ 1. A ./ B. a C. an D. the ‎ 2. A. at B ./ C. to D. in ‎ 3. A. on B. to C. for D. with ‎ 4. A. five B. fifteen C. fiveteen D. fifty ‎ 5. A .three three B. thirteen three C. thirty three D. thirty—three ‎ 6. A .thirty B. threety C. thirteen D. threeteen ‎ ‎ 7. A. too B. also C. other D. each ‎ 8. A. on B. for C. to D. in ‎ 9. A. many B. some C. lot D. much ‎ 10. A. what B. which C. how much D. who 三.阅读理解(20分)‎ ‎ A ‎ This is a small nice room . There is a bed , a desk and some chairs in it . The desk is near the window . On the desk there is a book , a glass and some cakes . The bed is near the desk . There are sweaters and a coat on the bed . The sweaters are green . They are new . The coat is yellow . It’s new , too . Under the bed , there are some shoes and two balls . ‎ ‎ This is Jane’s room . She is a good student .‎ ‎1. The desk is ____, and the cakes are _____.‎ A. near the window , on the bed B. near the window , under the desk C. in the room , under the bed D. near the window , on the desk ‎2. The sweaters are _____, and the shoes are _____.‎ ‎ A. on the desk , under the desk B. on the bed , under the bed ‎ C. on the chair , behind the chair D. on the wall , under the chair 191‎ ‎3. The sweaters are _____, and the coat is _____. ‎ A. green , yellow B. green , green C. yellow , green D. yellow , yellow ‎4. _____ are new .‎ ‎ A. The desk and the sweaters B. The sweaters and the coat ‎ C. The sweaters and the shoes D. The room and the bed ‎5. Jane is _____.‎ ‎ A. a teacher B. a man C. a boy D. a student ‎ ‎ ‎ B ‎ Mason’s Clothing Store ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Clothes ‎ Color ‎ Price ‎ socks ‎ white , blue ‎ $4 ‎ ‎ pants ‎ black ‎ $11‎ ‎ sweater ‎ red , white ‎ $8‎ ‎ T--shirt ‎ red ,green , black ‎ $7‎ ‎ hat ‎ black , red ‎ $6‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 跟据表中的信息,选择正确的答案.‎ ‎6. “Which is the cheapest of all ?” “____”‎ ‎ A. Hat. B. T--shirt C. Pants. D. Socks.‎ ‎7. “How much are two sweaters and a hat ?” “____”‎ ‎ A. $14 B. $20 C. $21 D. $22‎ ‎8. You can buy____.‎ ‎ A. black pants B. a blue sweater C. a green coat D. red socks ‎9. You like red and only have $6, you can buy _____.‎ ‎ A. a sweater B. a hat C. a T—shirt D. none ‎10. You only have sixteen dollars. You can buy _____. ‎ ‎ A. a sweater and a pair of pants B. two T—shirts and a pair of socks ‎ C. one sweater and two pairs of socks D. a sweater and a two hats 四. 任务型阅读(10分)‎ ‎ Hello, boys and girls! Big sweaters and T—shirts sale at Jack’s store! We have sweaters in red and blue , and T—shirts in four colors: red , blue , black and white !‎ ‎ These great T—shirts are seven dollars and the sweaters are fifty dollars! Come into Jack’s for the big sweaters and T—shirts sale!‎ ‎ 根据短文内容回答问题.‎ ‎1.Do they have sweaters in black and red?‎ ‎_______________________________‎ ‎2. Do they have T—shirts in four colors?‎ ‎_______________________________‎ ‎3. How much are the T—shirts?‎ ‎ ______________________________‎ ‎4. How much are the sweaters ?‎ 191‎ ‎ ______________________________‎ ‎5. How much are one sweater and one T—shirt ?‎ ‎ _____________________________________‎ 五. 词汇(25分)‎ ‎ (一).根据句意及首字母填空.(10分)‎ ‎ 1. ----What c____ do you like ? ----Blue.‎ ‎ 2. The black pants are on s____ for 3 dollars.‎ ‎ 3. ----Thank you very much. ----You’re w_____.‎ ‎ 4. This car is too expensive. I can’t a_____ it.‎ ‎ 5. This bag is too big. I want a s_____ one.‎ ‎ (二).用方框内所给单词的适当形式完成短文(有两项多余).‎ ‎ Mr. Green’s, at, like, and, not, sports, buy, for, have, bag, sell, on ‎ Come to Mr. Green’s Clothes Store. We have pants 1 only￥35. Do you 2 hats? We have hats 3 a very good price, only ￥10. Do you need bags for 4 ? We also have great 5 for only ￥15! For boys, you can 6 socks for only ￥4 each! For girls, we 7 T—shirts in red, green and yellow for only ￥20! And that’s 8 all! Come ‎ ‎ 9 see for yourself at 10 Clothes Store.‎ 六. 书面表达(15分)‎ ‎ 假如你在商店买鞋,写一段你买鞋时与售货员之间的对话.‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ _______________________________________________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第八讲 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：月份单词；基数词变序数词；询问年龄 191‎ 重点难点：基数词变序数词 Unit 8 When is your birthday?‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. months: 月份：‎ ‎ January 一月 February二月 March三月 April四月 May五月 June六月 July七月 August八月 September九月 October十月 November十一月 December十二月 ‎2. 基数词变序数词口诀：‎ ‎ 基变序，有规律，尾部要加-th。‎ ‎ 一、二、三，特殊记，结尾字母t, d, d （one----first, two---second, three---third）‎ ‎ 八去t，九去e，ve要用f替 （eight—eighth, nine—ninth, five—fifth, twelve—twelfth） ‎ ‎ y要改为ie (twenty—twentieth, thirty—thirtieth)‎ ‎ 若是碰上几十几，只变个位就可以 (twenty-one---twenty-first, thirty-four—thirty-fourth)‎ ‎3. date of birth（出生日期）= birthday ‎4. Happy birthday! 生日快乐！‎ ‎5. 问年龄用how old +be + 主语？答：主语 + be + 基数词（years old）‎ ‎ 1) How old are you? I’m fifteen(years old) 你多大了？我15岁。‎ ‎ 2) How old is the baby? He is 10 months old.这个婴儿多大了？他10个月大。‎ ‎6. When is your birthday? 你的生日是什么时候？‎ ‎7. at / on / in 表时间“在……”‎ ‎ 1）at 通常表在某个点时间。at 8:00 在8:00 at 9:25 在9:25 ‎ ‎ 2) on通常表在某一天或某一天的上/下午、晚上。‎ on September 1st 在9月1日 on a cold morning 在一个寒冷的上午 ‎ 3）in表在某一周/月/季节/年/世纪等。‎ in 1979 在1979年 in September 在9月份 in spring在春天 △ 表时间at < on < in ‎4) 固定词组 ‎ at dawn在黎明at noon在中午 at night在晚上 at sunrise在黎明/日出时at Christmas在圣诞节 at lunch time在吃中饭时 at this / that time在这/那时 at the age of 20在20岁时 ‎ on weekend(s)在周末 in the morning / afternoon / evening在上午/下午/晚上 ‎8. see you./ Goodbye / Bye/ Bye-bye再见 ‎ see you later回头见；过一会儿见。‎ see you tomorrow/next week. 明天见 / 下周见 see you then. 到时见。‎ ‎9. have a good time = enjoy oneself（oneself要随主语的变化而变化） = have fun ‎ They are having a good time. = They are enjoying themselves.= They are having fun.‎ ‎ 他们正玩得高兴。‎ ‎10.各种节日的英语 ‎ ‎1月1日元旦（New Year's Day) ‎ ‎2月14日情人节(Valentine's Day) ‎ ‎3月8日国际妇女节(International Women's Day) ‎ ‎3月12日中国植树节(China Arbor Day) ‎ 191‎ ‎4月1日愚人节(April Fools' Day) ‎ ‎4月5日清明节（Tomb-sweeping Day) ‎ ‎5月1日国际劳动节(International Labour Day) ‎ ‎5月4日中国青年节（Chinese Youth Day) ‎ ‎6月1日 国际儿童节(International Children's Day) ‎ ‎8月1日中国人民解放军建军节(Army Day) ‎ ‎8月12日国际青年节(International Youth Day) ‎ ‎9月10日中国教师节(Teachers’ Day) ‎ ‎10月1日国庆节(National Day) ‎ ‎10月31日万圣节(Halloween) ‎ ‎12月25日圣诞节(Christmas Day) ‎ ‎5月第二个星期日母亲节(Mother's Day) ‎ ‎6月第三个星期日父亲节(Father's Day) ‎ ‎10月的第二个星斯一加拿大感恩节(Thanksgiving Day) ‎ ‎11月最后一个星期四美国感恩节(Thanksgiving Day) ‎ 农历节日 ‎ 农历正月初一春节(the Spring Festival) ‎ 农历正月十五元宵节(the Lantern Festival) ‎ 农历五月初五端午节(the Dragon-Boat Festival) ‎ 农历八月十五中秋节(the Mid-Autumn Festival) ‎ 基础巩固 一、选择填空。（30分）‎ ‎（ ）1. When _______your mother's birthday? A. am B. is C. are ‎（ ）2. My date of birth is _______. ‎ A.February twelveth B. February twelfth C.February twelve ‎（ ）3. Our school trip is _______May. A. in B. on C. at ‎（ ）4. _______is your Art Festival? It’s______ May 16th. ‎ ‎ A. What ,on B. When,on C. When,in ‎（ ）5. This is _____football. Please give it to them. ‎ A. Tom and Tim B. Tom and Tim’s C. Tom’s and Tim’s ‎（ ）6.Our school has ______art festival every year. A.a B. / C.an ‎（ ）7. How much _______the black pants? A. am B. is C. are ‎（ ）8. When is Mother’s Day? It’s in ______ . A. May B. June C. July ‎ ‎（ ）9.May is the _____ month of the year. A. fiveth B. fifth C. five ‎ ‎（ ）10._______ is Children’s Day. A．July 1st B．August 1st C．June 1st ‎（ ）11. I know all my ________birthdays. ‎ A．teachers B．teacher’s C．teachers’‎ ‎（ ）12. How old ________ your sister? A．have B．is C．are ‎（ ）13. —How old are you? —I’m _______ years old. ‎ ‎ A．forteen B．fourteen C．fourteenth 191‎ ‎（ ）14. Edison was born _______ Feb. 11th，1879. A．at B．in C．on ‎（ ）15. --_________? –It’s September 10th. ‎ A. What day is it? B. What’s the date? C. What’s it?‎ ‎ ( ) 16.---Is Julia’s birthday on May 1st? ---Yes,________. A. he is B.she is C. it is ‎ ( ) 17.The boy is only ______. Today is his _______birthday. ‎ A.five,five B.fifth,five C.five,fifth ‎ ( ) 18.Sunday is the _______ of a week. A.first B.second C.last ‎ ( ) 19.---Happy birthday to you,Gina! ---________. ‎ A. Thank you B.All right C.You are welcome ‎ ( ) 20.Guo Mingming and Li Tao are _______. A.a Chinese B.Chinese C.Chineses ‎ ( ) 21.We have sweaters _______ all colors _______5dollars each. .‎ A. at,in B.in, for C.at, for ‎ ( ) 22.Do you like these blue shoes? Yes, ______. ‎ A.I’ll take it. B.I don’t like them C.I’ll take them.‎ ‎ ( ) 23.Are these your shoes? Yes ______. ‎ ‎ A. they’re B. they are C. these are ‎ ( ) 24.What color is that pen? It’s______ green. It’s _______ green pencil. ‎ ‎ A.a,a B.the,a C./,a ‎ ( ) 25.--_______ is your sweater? -- The red one. A.Which B.What C.Where ‎ ( ) 26._______ milk do you want? A.How B.How much C.How many ‎ ( ) 27.This pair of socks ______ 8 yuan. A. is B. are C. has ‎ ( ) 28.The price of the socks_______ 5 yuan. A.does B. do C.is ‎ ( ) 29.Students don’t go to school _______ Sundays. A.in B.on C.at ‎ ( ) 30.What’s your age please? ________. ‎ ‎ A.Sorry, I don’t know. B.Yes, I’m 12. C. Twelve ‎ 二、阅读理解 (10分)‎ Today is November 8th .It’s Mary’s birthday. She is twelve. Jim, Kate and Bill are her friends. They want to buy some presents（礼物） for Mary. They go to the shop near the school. There are a lot of things in the shop. They buy a big cake，two boxes of color pencils, a pencil case and some nice exercise books. They want to buy two dolls for Mary, but all the dolls are too dear（贵）.‎ ‎( )1.What’s the date today? ‎ ‎ A. Nov. 9th. B. Dec.10th. C. Nov. 8th. D. November 9th.‎ ‎( )2.How old is Mary today? ______. ‎ ‎ A. 12 B. 13 C. 14 D. 15‎ ‎( )3.Mary has _______ friends. A. three B. four C. two D. only one ‎( )4._______ is near the school. ‎ ‎ A. Their home B. A factory C. The shop D. The farm ‎( )5.They buy ______ for Mary. ‎ ‎ A. a big cake B. two boxes of color pencils C. a pencil case and some nice exercise books D. A, B and C 三．根据首字母写出空缺处单词的正确形式(10)‎ ‎1.December is the t__________ month of the year.‎ 191‎ ‎2.They have two art f_________.‎ ‎3.These boys all like the school t_________.‎ ‎4.My uncle is thirty-one. Today is his t___________ birthday.‎ ‎5.We have an English evening p________ on may 5th.‎ ‎6.She is our m_________ teacher. She sings very well.‎ ‎7.Do you know the boy’s a_________? Yes, he is five years old.‎ ‎8.Do you know their b__________? Yes, they are July 12th and August 31st.‎ ‎9.How many m_________ are there in a year? Twelve.‎ ‎10.When is the English s_________ contest? It’s on December 8th.‎ 四、用所给词的适当形式填空(10分)‎ ‎1. There are twelve _______(month) in a year.‎ ‎2. The Art Festival is on September _______ ( nine)‎ ‎3. Let’s ______ ( play ) basketball.‎ ‎4. January is the________(one) month of the year.‎ ‎5. I am thirteen _______ (year) old.‎ ‎6. When _______(be) your parents’ birthdays?‎ ‎7. Do you know _________(Joe) birthday?‎ ‎8.______ your school________(have ) a Chinese contest?‎ ‎9.I have a sister. _________(she) name is Susan.‎ ‎10. Do you like to w________ the football game?‎ 五、按要求变换句型。（10分）‎ ‎1．Mike’s birthday is February 19th. （对划线部分提问） ‎ ‎ _______ ______ Mike’s birthday?‎ ‎2．How old are you?（改为同义句） ________ your _______?‎ ‎3. Lily and Lucy are fifteen years now. （对划线部分提问）‎ ‎ _______ _______ are Lucy and Lily now?‎ ‎4. He has a Chinese contest in November. （改为否定句）‎ He ______ _______ a Chinese contest in November.‎ ‎5. We have an Art Festival every year. (改为一般疑问句) ‎ ‎ ______ you ______ an Art Festival every year?‎ 六．完成句子，每空一词。（10分）‎ ‎1.12月31号是Tom的20岁生日。‎ ‎_________ 31st is Tom’s ________ ___________.‎ ‎2.你堂兄的生日是什么时候？ ‎ ‎_________ ______ your __________ birthday?‎ ‎3.他们每年都在美国举行一次演讲比赛。‎ They have a ________ ________ in the USA________ year.‎ 191‎ ‎4.约翰的生日晚会在10月3日。‎ John’s birthday party is _________ _________ 3rd.‎ ‎5.篮球比赛是什么时候？ When is the ________ ________?‎ ‎6我不知道他的出生日期。I don’t know his ________ ________ ________.‎ ‎7五月有31天。There are ________ days _______ May.‎ ‎8. 让我们填写班级的生日日历。 Let’s ______ ____ the class birthday calendar.‎ 七、书面表达。写自我介绍 题目：Myself （不少于50字）(20分)‎ 提示：介绍自已的姓名，性别，年龄，生日，喜欢或不喜欢的的食物，运动，颜色等。‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 第九讲 191‎ 温 故 知 新 ‎1. 抽查上一单元重点短语、句子。‎ ‎2. 讲解上周课后练习.‎ 知识目标：favorite的用法；词义辨析；感叹句 重点难点：词义辨析 Unit 9 My favorite subject is science.‎ 单元知识点归纳：‎ ‎1. What’s your favorite subject? 你最喜欢的学科是什么？=What subject do you like best?‎ ‎ My favorite subject is math. 我最喜欢的学科是数学。= I like math best.‎ ‎ 1)What’s your favorite．．．．? = What．．．．do you like best?‎ ‎ My favorite．．．． is …. =　I like ．．．． best.‎ ‎　2) favorite前一定要用形容词性物主代词或名词所有格一起来修饰后面的名词。不可根据汉语意思而用人称代词如I, He 等。‎ What’s Gina’s favorite subject? Gina最喜欢的学科是什么？‎ ‎ Her favorite subject is math. 她最喜欢的学科是数学。‎ ‎ 3）favorite(美)亦可拼为favourite(英)‎ ‎ 4）favorite n. 最喜欢的人或物（复数形式是favorites）‎ ‎ These clothes are my favorites.这些衣服是我最喜欢的。‎ ‎ Which color is your favorite? 哪种颜色是你最喜爱的？‎ ‎2. Why do you like math? 你为什么喜欢数学？‎ ‎ Because it’s interesting. 因为它很有趣。‎ ‎3. How’s your day? 今天过得如何？ It’s OK.还行。 Great! 棒极了！‎ ‎4. have + 学科：上某一学科的课。 have English 上英语课 ‎ have a class / lesson 上课 ‎ have breakfast / lunch / dinner 吃早饭 / 中饭/ 晚饭 ‎ have a soccer game 举行足球比赛 ‎ have a school trip 开展校外活动 ‎ have a party 举行派对；举办聚会 ‎5. That’s for sure.的确如此。‎ ‎6. be busy with sth / be busy doing sth 忙于做某事 ‎ I’m busy with my homework = I’m busy doing my homework 我在忙着做家庭作业。‎ ‎ He is busy writing a letter. 他在忙着写信。‎ ‎7. interesting / funny ‎ Interesting“有意思的；有吸引力的”，指引起理性的或智慧的兴趣。Funny“逗乐的；有趣的；使人快乐的”，强调“滑稽可笑的”‎ ‎ English is interesting.英语很有趣。‎ ‎ I find this book interesting. 我发现这本书很有意思。‎ 191‎ ‎ This is a funny movie.这是一部搞笑的影片。‎ ‎ This game looks fun. 这个游戏看起来好玩。‎ ‎8. from … to … “从……到……”，用来表述时间、地点等范围。‎ ‎ from Monday to Friday 从周一到周五 ‎ from Beijing to Shanghai 从北京到上海 ‎9. for + 一段时间：表（某个动作）持续了多长时间。‎ ‎ I played with him for two hours. 我和他玩了两个小时。‎ ‎10.Is that OK with you?那对你来说合适吗？‎ 补充：‎ ‎1. It’s Tuesday, November 11. 今天是11月11日，星期二。‎ ‎ 1）日期和星期同时表达时，通常先说星期后说日期。‎ ‎ 2）句中it用来表示时间。‎ ‎2. be strict with sb. 对某人要求严格 ‎ be strict in sth. 对某事（在某方面）要求严格 ‎ 1)Our English teacher is very strict with us.我们的英语老师对我们要求很严格。‎ ‎ 2)Our English teacher is very strict in our homework.‎ 我们的英语老师对我们的家庭作业要求很严格。‎ ‎3. play with．．．．和……一起玩 ‎4. look, see, watch, read ‎ 1)look为不及物动词，指看的过程，不一定看见。后接宾语须加at。‎ ‎ 2)see 用作及物动词。后面直接接宾语。“看见，看到”强调看的结果。“看医生”“看电影”常用这个词。‎ ‎ ①He looks at the blackboard, but can’t see the words.他看了看黑板，但看不见这个词。‎ ‎ ②see the doctor看医生 ‎ ③see a film/movie看电影 ‎ 3)watch为及物动词。“观看，注视”指非常仔细全神贯注地看。“看电视”“看比赛”习惯用这个词。‎ ‎ ①watch TV看电视 ‎ ②watch the football game看足球比赛 ‎ 4）read本义为“读，朗读”，“看书，看报，看杂志”常用这个词 ‎ read a book看书 read the e-mail 读这封电子邮件 ‎5. 辨析interesting与interested ‎ 1) interesting可作表语，指某人/事/物本身有趣；也可作定语修饰人或物 ‎① The book is interesting. 这书很有趣。 (作表语)‎ ‎ ②I have an interesting book.我有本有趣的书。（作定语）‎ ‎ 2) interested用于be/get/become interested in…(对……感兴趣)这一结构中。‎ ‎ He is interested in playing football.他对踢足球感兴趣。‎ ‎6. on weekends在周末 ‎7. play the guitar 弹吉他 play erhu拉二胡 play chess 下国际象棋 play soccer 踢足球 ‎ 1）演奏某种乐器，乐器名词前要用the（汉语拼音组成的名词除外）‎ ‎ 2）球类/棋类运动，名词前不用冠词 ‎8. join / take part in 参加 ‎ join多指参加某个团体或组织，成为其中的一员。take part in多指参加某项活动，并在其中起一定的作用。‎ 191‎ ‎ join the Party入党 join the army参军 ‎ take part in the meeting参加会议 ‎ join in(参加某项活动) = take part in ‎ join sb.加入到某人当中 join us加入到我们当中 ‎9. 辨析speak，say, talk, tell ‎ 1) speak“说”,“讲话”。强调说的能力。‎ ‎ ①作及物动词，只能接某种语言作宾语：speak + 语言 “说某种语言”。‎ ‎ ②作不及物动词，“讲话，发言” She is speaking.她正在讲话/发言。‎ ‎ 2)say“说”，后面跟说的内容。 I can say ABC.我会说ABC. say hello to sb.向某人问好。 say sorry to sb.向某人道歉。 say it in English用英语说（它）。‎ ‎ 3)talk“谈论，交谈”。‎ ‎ ①talk to sb.对某人说话 ② talk with sb同某人交谈 ③ talk about/on… 谈论…… ‎ ‎ 4) tell“告诉，讲述”。‎ ‎ ① tell sb. sth. = tell sth. to sb. 告诉某人某事 ② tell sb. about sth.告诉某人关于某事 ‎ ③ tell sb. to do sth.告诉某人去做某事 ‎ tell sb. not to do sth. 告诉某人不要做某事 ‎④ tell a story 讲故事 tell a lie 撒谎 tell the truth讲实话 ‎10. Help Wanted寻求帮助 ‎ wanted常用于招聘或启事等的标题 Teachers Wanted招聘教师 Waiters Wanted招聘服务员 ‎11. be good with sb 和某人相处得好（同义get on well with sb.）‎ ‎ be good to sb对某人好 My teacher is good to me.‎ ‎ be good for．．．．对……有益 Learning English well is good for us.‎ ‎ be good at．．．．擅长…… Lucy is good at English.‎ ‎12. help ‎ 1) n. 帮助 Thanks for your help.谢谢你的帮助。‎ ‎ 2) v. 帮助 ‎①help with sth. 帮着做某事 Please help with my homework.‎ ‎②help sb. with sth.帮助某人（做）某事 Could you help me with my English?‎ ‎③help sb.(to) do sth.帮助某人做某事Could you help me (to) learn English?‎ ‎13.选择疑问句：用or 连接的可供选择的疑问句。回答选择疑问句不能用yes 和no ,选择什么答什么。读选择疑问句时，or前用升调，or后用降调。若选择疑问句中有三个火三个以上并列部分，or用来连接最后一部分，前面并列部分用逗号隔开。‎ ‎ Can you play the piano, the trumpet, the drums, or the guitar? ‎ 你会弹钢琴、吹喇叭、打鼓、还是弹吉他？‎ ‎ I can play the piano.我会弹钢琴。‎ Which is the smallest, the sun, the moon or the earth? 哪一个是最小的，太阳，月亮还是地球？‎ ‎14. 辨析little, a little, few, a few ‎ 1) little, a little修饰不可数名词；few, a few修饰可数名词。‎ ‎ 2) little, few表否定含义“几乎没有”，a little, a few表肯定含义“一点儿，少量”‎ ‎ There is_________water in the cup. 杯子里有点水。‎ ‎ I know________English. 我几乎不懂英语。‎ ‎ There are________apples on the table. 桌子上有几个苹果。‎ ‎ The stone is too heavy,________people can move it.‎ 191‎ ‎15. go to school 去上学 in hospital 在住院 ‎ go to the school去学校 in the hospital在医院里 ‎16. get up起床 go to bed 睡觉 ‎17. what time / when ‎ ‎ 都可对时间进行提问，表示“什么时候”。what time用来询问具体的时间点；when既可用来询问具体的时间点，还可用于询问时间段。‎ ‎1）询问动作发生的具体时间时，两者可互换。‎ ‎ What time / When do you usually go to school? 你通常几点去上学？‎ ‎2）询问钟表示的具体时间时，只能用what time, 不能用when。‎ ‎ What time is it?几点了？‎ ‎3）询问年份、月份、日期等非点时间时，只能用when，不能用what time。‎ ‎ When is the Music Festival? 音乐节是什么时候？‎ ‎18.感叹句 ‎ 感叹句常用what和how引出强调部分，并放在句首，一般情况下，what修饰名词，how修饰形容词、副词。‎ ‎ 1）what感叹句的结构为：‎ ‎ a / an + 形容词 + 可数名词单数 What + 形容词 +可数名词复数 + 主语 + 谓语 + 其他 ！‎ ‎ 形容词 + 不可数名词 ‎①What a good boy he is!他是一个多么好的男孩啊！‎ ‎②What an interesting book it is ! 多有趣的书啊 ！‎ ‎③What delicious broccoli (it is) !多好吃的花椰菜啊 ！‎ ‎④What beautiful flowers in the garden ! 花园中的花式多么美丽啊 ！‎ ‎ 2）how感叹句的结构为：‎ ‎ How + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 谓语 + 其他 ！‎ How interesting the book is ! 这书多有趣啊 ！‎ How beautiful the flowers in the garden are ! 花园中的花式多么美丽啊 ！‎ How well he draws ! 他画得多好啊 ！‎ ‎19.People love to listen to him! 人们喜欢听他（演奏）。‎ ‎ 1）people“人，人们”，集合名词，没有单数形式，作主语时，谓语动词总是用复数。‎ ‎ The people there are teachers. 那儿的那些人是老师。‎ ‎ 2）hear / listen to ‎ listen to“听……”强调“听”的行为，不一定听见；hear“听见，听到”，强调“听”的结果。‎ ‎ ①Please listen to me. 请听我说。‎ ‎ ②I can’t hear . 我听不见。‎ ‎20. Can you think what his job is? 你能想出他是做什么工作的吗？ ‎ ‎ what his job is是think的宾语，因它也是一个句子，故称宾语从句。宾语从句若是特殊疑问句，疑问词后面的部分应用陈述句语序。‎ ‎ How old is he? Do you know how old he is?‎ ‎ What’s your name? I want to know what your name is.‎ ‎21. best wishes致以最美好的祝愿 ‎ ①best wishes to sb.向某人致以最美好的祝愿 Best wishes to you.向你致以最美好的祝愿。‎ ‎ ②best wishes for + 节日 “致以……节日最美好的祝愿”‎ 191‎ ‎ Best wishes to you for Teachers’ Day.向你致以教师节最美好的祝愿 ‎22. 时刻表达法 ‎ 1）顺读法：先说小时数，再说分钟数。‎ ‎ 8:00 eight (o’clock) 9:05 nine o five ‎ 7:15 seven fifteen 7:30 seven thirty ‎ ‎ 6:45 six forty-five 6:55 six fifty-five ‎ 2) 逆读法：先说分钟数，再说小时数 ‎ ①分钟数≤30用“分钟数 + past + 小时数”来表达（即几点过了几分）‎ ‎ 15分常用a quarter(一刻钟,四分之一)来表示 ‎ 30分常用half(半，一半)来表示 ‎ 9:05 five past nine 8:24 twenty-four past eight ‎ ‎7:15 a quarter past seven (fifteen past seven) ‎ ‎7:30 half past seven (thirty past seven)‎ ‎ ②分钟数＞30用“（60-分钟数）+ to + (小时数+ 1)”来表达（即几点差几分）‎ ‎ 7:31 twenty-nine to eight 8:45 a quarter to nine (fifteen to nine)‎ ‎ 9:55 five to ten ‎ 基础巩固 一、单项选择 (20%)‎ ‎( )1. --- _____ is your art teacher? --- The woman in red.‎ A. Who B. Where C. How D. What ‎ ‎( )2 We often play _____ basketball after ______ class.‎ A. the, / B. /, / C. a, the D. the, a ‎ ‎( )3. “What’s your sister’s favorite food?” “________”‎ A. P. E. B. Swimming C. Soccer D. Salad ‎( )4. Mr. Wang is strict ____his work. He is strict ____his students,too.‎ A. in, in B. with, in C. in, with D. with,with ‎( )5. ______ interesting movie it is ! All of us want to see it again.‎ A. What B. How an C. How D. What an ‎ ( )6. I play volleyball ______ two hours every day.‎ A. for B. at C. in D. after ‎( )7. The students in the school ______ eight classes a day.‎ A. do B. take C. have D. has ‎( )8.— _____do you have P. E? —I have P. E. on Monday, Wednesday and Friday.‎ A. What time B. How C. Where D. When ‎( )9. We have computer ________ Friday afternoon.‎ A .in B. on C. at D. after ‎( )10. I don’t like history because it’s _______‎ A. interesting B. fun C. exciting D. boring ‎( )11. Mrs Yang teaches______ music .We like ______classes very much.‎ A.us; her B.us; his C.we; she D. our; her ‎( )12______ is exciting to join the dance club on the weekend.‎ A. He B. That C. It D. Here ‎ ‎( )13. Why ____ your brother ______ science? ‎ A. do; like B. does; like C. do; likes D. does; likes ‎ ‎( )14. This is ______ Li. He has three children.‎ 191‎ ‎  A. Sir        B. Miss  C. Mrs        D. Mr t ‎ ‎( )15. The last day of a week is ______. ‎ ‎ A. Friday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Weekend ‎ ‎( )16.Tom can draw _____ . His drawings(画) are _______ . ‎ A. good, good B. well, well C. good, well D. well, good ‎( )17. —______ is it today? 　—It's Sunday.‎ ‎　  A. What day    B. What about C. What time    D. When ‎( )18. I have breakfast ______ 6:30 every morning.‎ ‎        A. at around        B. around at      C. in around D. around in ‎( 　 ) 19.He likes to play _______ his classmates A. on B. with C. at Dfor ‎( ）20. favorite subject is biology.‎ ‎ A. He B. Him C. His friend D. His friend’s 二、完型填空(10%)‎ ‎ 1 ! My name 2 Dona. I'm fourteen   3 . I like meeting my friends 4 going to the cinema. My favorite 5 is Brad Pitt.‎ ‎　I am Mark. I'm sixteen. I 6 like sport. I 7 French very well and I like physics. I want 8 everything about it. ‎ ‎　　This is Liz. She is thirteen. 9 favorite thing is skating and she can skate very 10 . She likes music. She says it's exciting.‎ ‎( )1. A. Hi    B. Thanks C. Sorry   D. Yes ‎( )2. A. am     B. is  C. be   D. are ‎（ ）3. A. years    B. year old C. years old  D. old ‎（ ）4. A. but     B. and   C. or    D. so ‎( )5. A. subject   B. sport   C. day    D. actor ‎( )6. A. doesn't   B. am not　 C. don't   D. not ‎( )7. A. tell   B. talk    C. say   D. speak ‎( )8. A. to learn   B. learn　 C. learns   D. learning ‎( )9. A. She   B. Her   C. She's     D. Hers ‎( )10. A. good     B. nice   C. fine   D. well 二、完形填空 (15%)‎ I have many 1 , and they 2 different ( 不同的) 3 . John’s favorite subject is computer 4 he thinks computer can 5 him a lot in his study(学习 ). Jack likes art best because he likes 6 pictures. His pictures are very 7 . Mary likes Chinese because 8 father is Chinese. He teaches us Chinese in 9 school and he’s very strict 10 us. Mary and her father 11 China very much. They 12 China is very great.They want to know more 13 China. Tom thinks math is very 14 , so he likes math best. His math is very good. We often ask him 15 with our math at school.‎ ‎( )1. A. friend B. friends C. student D. teacher ‎( )2. A. likes B. like C. has D. have ‎( )3. A. sports B. sport C. subjects D. subject ‎( )4. A. because B. so C. Because D. So ‎( )5. A. help B. to help C. helping D. helps ‎( )6. A. draws B. draw C. drawing D. drawings ‎( )7. A. well B. good C. best D. much 191‎ ‎( )8. A. his B. he C. she D. her ‎( )9. A. our B. we C. us D. ours ‎( )10. A. in B. of C. with D. at ‎( )11. A. loves B. love C. loves to D. love to ‎( )12. A. think B. thinks C. don’t think D. doesn’t think ‎( )13. A. with B. around C. at D. about ‎( )14. A. difficult B. boring C. interesting D. busy ‎( )15. A. to help B. help C. helping D. helps 三、阅读理解(20%)‎ ‎ A ‎ I am a school girl. My brother and I are twins. We are both at school. We like school. My parents are both teachers. They work hard. My brother and I study at No. 1 Middle School. There are twenty-five boys and eighteen girls in our class.‎ ‎  We go to school from Monday to Friday. We have no classes on Saturdays and Sundays. We usually get up at six, and have breakfast at 6:30. We come to school at 7:00. Classes begin at eight. We have four lessons in the morning and two in the afternoon. We have lunch at 12:15. At three fifty we have sports.‎ ‎  We study Chinese, math, English, geography, physics, history, politics and other lessons. We like Chinese. We like English, too. Some of us are good at it. We go home at 5:00. We have supper at 6:00. We do our homework at seven every evening and go to bed at half past nine, but sometimes we go to sleep at about ten. We work hard, we study for the people.‎ ‎(    )1. My brother is ______ and I am ______.  ‎ ‎  A． a student, a student B. a student, a worker  ‎ ‎ C. a student, a teacher      D. a worker, a student  ‎ ‎(    )2. We have ___ at twelve fifteen.   ‎ A. breakfast      B. dinner   C. supper  D. lunch ‎(    )3. We begin to do our homework ____ every evening.‎ ‎        A. seven B. nine thirty       C. nine    D. six ‎(    )4. There are ____ boys and ____ girls in our class.‎ ‎        A. 25,18              B. some, any          C. 25, 20                D. many, much ‎(    )5. Do they often have sports in the morning or in the afternoon?‎ ‎        A. Yes, they do.      B. No, we don’t.    C. In the morning D.. In the afternoon.‎ B A Shedule Card of Winfield High School 星期 时刻 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday ‎9:10‎ Math ‎ Math ‎ English ‎ ‎10:30‎ Chemistry (化学)‎ History ‎ Chemistry Chemistry ‎11:15‎ History ‎1:45‎ Physics(物理)‎ Physics Physics ‎3:00‎ English ‎ Math 1. What lesson do they have at 1:45 on Wednesday? ‎ A. Physics B. Chemistry C. History D. Math ‎ 2. Do they have lessons at 10:30 on Thursday? ‎ A. Yes, they have. B. No, they don’t. C. We can’t know from the timetable(时间表)‎ D. None(没有一个) of the above(以上的).‎ 3. On Friday , a physics lesson starts at _______ .‎ 191‎ A. 9:10 B. 10:30 C. 1:45 D. 3:00‎ 1. How many lessons do they have in a week?‎ A. 10. B. 11. C. 12. D. 13.‎ 2. How many kinds of lessons do they have in a week?‎ A. 3. B. 4. C. 5. D. 6.‎ 四、句型转换(20%)‎ ‎1. This question is difficult.（改为同义句） This is _______ _________ question.‎ ‎2.. We have some classes on Friday. (改为一般疑问句)‎ ‎ ________ ________ have ________ classes on Friday?‎ ‎3. Little Tom likes computer games because they’re interesting. （对划线部分提问）‎ ‎_______ ________ little Tom ______ computer games?‎ ‎4. I like science and biology.（改为否定句） I _______ like science _____ biology ‎5.John does his work in the afternoon. (改为否定句)‎ John ________ ________ his work in the afternoon.‎ ‎6.He finishes the game at 9:30 on Saturday morning. (画线提问)‎ ‎ ________ ________ does he ________ the game on Saturday morning.‎ ‎7.Her favorite color is blue. (画线提问)‎ ‎ ________ her favorite color?‎ ‎8.My art teacher is Mrs Mendoza. (画线提问)‎ ‎ ________ ________ art teacher?‎ ‎9.really, art, I, interesting, think, is. (连词成句)‎ ‎____________________________________________‎ ‎10.His favorite sport is volleyball. (同义句)‎ ‎ He ________ volleyball ________.‎ 五、补全对话 (10%)‎ A: ________! My name’s Jim.‎ ‎ B: Hello! I’m David.‎ A: What’s your favorite ________?‎ ‎ B: English, I think.‎ ‎ A: ________ do you like English?‎ ‎ B: ________ it’s very interesting and it’s also very useful (有用).‎ ‎ A: Do you like music?‎ ‎ B: No. But my sister likes it ________ ________. People love to ________ ________ her.‎ ‎ A: ________? I like music, too. But I ________ it’s a little difficult. ‎ ‎ B: Maybe my sister can help you.‎ ‎ A: That would be (将会) very great!‎ 六、词汇(10%)‎ ‎1. Today I'm very b______. I have no time to play football. ‎ ‎2.His father is an English t______.‎ ‎3. After school I like p______ basketball . ‎ ‎4.T______ is the fifth day of a week.‎ ‎5.I don’t like math. It’s too d _____________.‎ ‎6..We learn many ________ (学科)in middle school .‎ ‎7.We are _______ (累) after P.E. ‎ ‎8.. ________ (星期三)comes after Tuesday.‎ 191‎ ‎9.. My parents often take a walk(散步)with me ______ (在… 周围) our school after dinner..‎ ‎10. My little sister often _______ (问)me questions.‎ 七、书面表达(10%)‎ 以My Favorite Subject为题，写一篇作文， 不少于40词。 如： favorite, subject, math, because, interesting, difficult, Tuesday, don’t , teacher, strict. 等。‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.‎ 191‎ 第十三讲 七年级上册英语语法总结（一）‎ ‎1．动词be（is,am,are）的用法 我(I)用am, 你(you)用are，is跟着他(he)，她(she)，它(it)。单数名词用is，复数名词全用are。变否定，更容易，be后not加上去。变疑问，往前提，句末问号莫丢弃。还有一条须注意，句首大写莫忘记。‎ ‎2．this，that和it用法 ‎(1)this和that是指示代词，it是人称代词。‎ ‎(2)距离说话人近的人或物用this, 距离说话人远的人或物用that。如：‎ This is a flower. 这是一朵花。(近处)‎ That is a tree. 那是一棵树。(远处)‎ ‎(3)放在一起的两样东西，先说this, 后说that。如：‎ This is a pen. That is a pencil. 这是一支钢笔。那是一支铅笔。‎ ‎(4)向别人介绍某人时说This is…, 不说That is…。如：‎ This is Helen. Helen, this is Tom. 这是海伦，海伦，这是汤姆。‎ ‎(5)This is 不能缩写, 而That is可以缩写。如：‎ This is a bike. That’s a car. 这是一辆自行车。那是一辆轿车。‎ ‎(6)打电话时，介绍自己用this, 询问对方用that。如：‎ ‎—Hello! Is that Miss Green? 喂，是格林小姐吗？‎ ‎—Yes, this is. Who’s that? 是的，我是，你是谁？‎ 注意：虽然汉语中使用“我”和“你”，但英语中打电话时绝不可以说：I am…, Are you…？/Who are you?‎ ‎(7)在回答this或that作主语的疑问句时, 要用it代替this或that。如：‎ ‎①—Is this a notebook? 这是笔记本吗？‎ ‎—Yes, it is. 是的，它是。‎ ‎②—What’s that? 那是什么？‎ ‎—It’s a kite. 是只风筝。‎ ‎3．these和those用法 this, that, these和those是指示代词，these是this的复数形式,指时间,距离较近的或下面要提到的人或事;those是that的复数形式,指时间、距离较远或前面已经提到过的人或事物。‎ ‎①This is my bed. That is Lily’s bed. 这是我的床。那是莉莉的床。‎ 191‎ ‎②These pictures are good. 那些画很好。‎ ‎③ Are those apple trees? 那些是苹果树吗？‎ 在回答主语是these或those的疑问句时，通常用they代替these或those以避免重复。如：‎ ‎④Are these/those your apples? 这些(那些)是你的苹果吗？‎ Yes, they are. 是的，他们是。‎ ‎4．名词＋’s所有格 单数名词后直接加 “ ’s ”：‎ Jim’s coat 吉姆的外套 Jeff’s mother杰夫的妈妈 以s结尾的复数名词，只加“’”‎ Teachers’ Day教师节 the twins’ books双胞胎的书 不以s结尾的不规则的名词复数，加“ ’s ”‎ Children’s Day 儿童节 men’s shoes男式鞋 表示两者共同拥有时，只在最后一个名词后加’s Lucy and Lily’s mother 露茜和莉莉的妈妈(共同的妈妈，一个妈妈)‎ 表示两者各自拥有时，要在每个名词后加’s Lucy’s and Kate’s rooms 露茜和凯特的房间（各自的房间，两间房子）‎ ‎5．There be句型 ‎(1)There be句型主要用以表达“某处（某时）有某人（某物）。”其基本结构为“There be＋某物（某人）＋某地（某时）”其中there是引导词，没有词义；主语是be后面的名词， be是谓语动词，在一般现在时中be只用is和are两种形式。下面这首歌诀可帮你巧记there be句型结构：‎ There be放句首，主语跟在后。地、时放句末，强调置前头。如：‎ There is a book on the desk.‎ 有时为了强调地点，也可把介词短语放在句首。如：‎ On the desk there is a book.‎ ‎(2)There be句型中的be动词如何确定呢？请先看看下面这首歌诀：‎ Be动词，有三个，am，is还有are。“There be”真特别，不留am只留俩，那就是is还有are。要用is还是are，须看其后的名词是单数还是复数。若是单数或不可数名词用is，否则就用are。如：‎ ‎①There is a tree behind the house.‎ ‎②There is some water（水）in the bottle（瓶子）.‎ ‎③There are some pears in the box.‎ ‎(3)注意：如果“be”后的主语是由and连接的两个或两个以上的名词，那么be的形式要遵循“远亲不如近邻”的原则。也就是说，“be”的形式是由与它最近的那个名词来确定的。若那个名词是单数或不可数名词要用is，是复数就用are。如：‎ ‎①There is a book and some pens on the floor.‎ ‎②There are some pens and a book on the floor.‎ ‎6．like一词的用法 like用作及物动词，译为“喜欢”。‎ ‎(1)后接名词或代词，表示喜欢某人或某物。如：‎ I like the baby very much. 我非常喜欢这个小孩。‎ ‎(2)后接动名词(v. -ing)，表示“喜欢做某事”，着重于习惯、爱好。如：‎ 191‎ Tom likes playing football. 汤姆喜欢踢足球。‎ ‎(3)后接动词不定式(to do )，表示“偶尔地喜欢做某事”，着重于某次具体的行为。如：‎ I like reading, but I like to watch TV this evening. 我喜欢读书，但我今晚想看电视。‎ ‎7．句子单数变复数，注意以下五要素 ‎(1)主格人称代词要变成相应的复数主格人称代词,即I→we, you→you，she,he,it→ they。‎ 如：She is a girl. →They are girls.‎ ‎(2)am，is要变为are。如：‎ I’m a student. →We are students.‎ ‎(3)不定冠词a，an要去掉。如：‎ He is a boy. →They are boys.‎ ‎(4)普通单数名词要变为复数形式。如：‎ It is an apple. →They are apples.‎ ‎(5)指示代词this，that要变为these，those。如：‎ This is a box. →These are boxes.‎ ‎8．英语日期的表示法 英语中月份和星期名称都是专有名词，它们的首字母必须大写，并且前面无需用冠词。‎ 用英语表示日期，其顺序为月+日+年，日和年之间需用逗号隔开。如：August 2nd，2003(2003年8月2日)。也可以用日+月+年来表示。如：10th May，2003(2003年5月10日)英语日期前介词的使用：若指在哪一年或哪一月，则用介词in，若具体到某一天，则需用介词on。‎ ‎9.时间的表达法 ‎(1) 直读式，即直接读出时间数字 ‎7: 05 seven five 8:16 eight sixteen ‎(2) 过、差式，即几点差几分，几点过几分。（以30分为分界线）‎ ‎1:25 twenty-five past one 2:30 half past two ‎3:43 seventeen to four 4:38 twenty-two to five ‎(3)12小时制 ‎6:00 a.m. 上午6点 8:20 p.m. 下午8点20分 ‎(4)24小时制 ‎13:00 13点钟 22:15 22点15分 ‎(5)15分可用quarter ‎4:15 a quarter past four 5:45 a quarter to six ‎(6)时间前通常用at.‎ at 5 o’clock at 7:30 p.m.‎ ‎10. want用法 ‎(1)想干什么用want to do sth They want to join the sports club. 他们想加入运动俱乐部。‎ ‎(2)第三人称单数作主语，want要作变化 ‎①He wants to play basketball.‎ ‎②Li Xia wants to play the piano.‎ ‎(3)变疑问句，否定句要借助助动词do或does.‎ ‎①－Do you want to play soccer ball ? －Yes , I do . / No , I don’t.‎ ‎②－Does he want to go home by bus ? －Yes , he does . / No , he doesn’t 191‎ 练习巩固 第一卷选择题（50分）‎ I．单项选择。（每小题1分，计15分）‎ ‎ ( )1. This is _________ alarm clock.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎ ( )2. We don’t like_________.‎ ‎ A. broccoli B. broccolis C. a broccoli D. broccolies ‎ ( )3. _________. Is this your pen?‎ ‎ A. Sorry B. Hello C. Excuse me D. Hi ‎ ( )4. Do you have two ________?‎ ‎ A. tennis racket B. tennis rackets ‎ C. tennis’ racket D. tennis’ rackets ‎ ( )5. He _________ his homework at school.‎ ‎ A. doesn’t do B. don’t does ‎ ‎ C. isn’t do D. does not ‎ ( )6. ________this your guitar?‎ A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Do ‎ ( ) 7. Let’s _________ now.‎ ‎ A. go to home B. to go home C. go home D. to go to ( ) 8. How much are these shoes? _________ twenty dollars.‎ ‎ A. Are B. There C. They’re D. Their ‎ ( ) 9. My father usually________ a shower _________the morning.‎ ‎ A. take; in B. takes; in C. take; on D. takes; at ‎ ( )10. ________you play the violin?‎ ‎ A. Are B. Can C. Is D. When ‎ ( )11 ---This is my sister Ann.‎ ‎ ---Is _____ a student?‎ A. she B. he C. her D. his ‎ ( )12. I ________ two baseballs and my friend ________five baseballs.‎ ‎ A. have; have B. have; has C. has; have D. has; has ‎ ( ) 13. ---Is that your book?‎ ‎ ---Yes, ________.‎ ‎ A. it is B. it isn’t C. it’s D. this is ‎ ( )14. Miss Wei often helps us ________ our English.‎ ‎ A. at B. in C. of D. with ‎ ( )15. I want __________ the music club.‎ ‎ A. join B. to join C. joins D. be join II．从A、B、C、D中选择最恰当的选项填进文章中去，你会读到一个有意思的故事。（15分）‎ I like my Chinese teacher very much. He is a 16 man, about 25 years old. He is tall 17 black short hair. He is a very humorous(幽默的) person. He often 18 us jokes(笑话) and 19 to make our class more 20 . In class, he is a very 21 teacher. If we don’t listen to him carefully, he will give us some punishment(惩罚) by 22 us some questions. But after class, he becomes a very good 23 of us. He often talks with the girls and plays 24 ‎ 191‎ ‎ with the boys. All of us really like him. He is our 25 teacher.‎ ‎( )16. A. old B. young C. very old D. aged ‎( )17. A. and B. for C. with D. at ‎( )18. A. tells B. says C. speaks D. speak ‎( )19. A. a story B. storys C. story D. stories ‎( )20 A. tired B. difficult C. interesting D. boring ‎( )21. A. busy B. strict C. interested D. well ‎( )22. A. ask B. asks C. asking D. asked ‎( )23. A. teacher B. teachers C. friend D. friends ‎( )24. A. a basketball B. the basketball C. basketballs D. basketball ‎ ‎( )25. A. favorite B. the favorite C. favoritest D. a favorite III．经过一学期的英语学习，你的阅读理解能力一定有了很大提高。(20分)‎ A Dear Mr. Wang,‎ ‎ Someone comes to the office to see you in the morning, but you and your wife are out. He comes here at 10am. Because he is very busy, he goes away half an hour later. He tells me that he is your classmate at college(大学). Now he teaches Chinese in a high school(高中) in this city and he lives near the No. 6 Middle School. He is a very tall man with short hair. He wears a pair of glasses. He tells me his telephone number is 33426685. He is often at home at 7:00 pm. So you can call him in the evening.‎ ‎( )26. The author(作者) writes this note(便条) to ______.‎ A. Mr. Wang B. Mr. Wang’s wife C. Mr. Wang’s classmate D. me ‎( )27. Mr. Wang’s classmate is __________. ‎ A. a teacher B. a worker C. a farmer D. an actor ‎( )28. When is Mr. Wang’s classmate often at home?‎ A. In the morning B. In the afternoon. C. At 7:00pm. D. We don’t know.‎ ‎( )29. How long does Mr. Wang’s classmate stay in the office?‎ A. Ten hours. B. An hour. C. Two hours. D. Half an hour.‎ ‎( )30. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A.  Mr. Wang and his wife are classmates. ‎ B. Mr. Wang’s classmate is short.‎ C. Mr. Wang goes out with Mrs. Wang in the morning.‎ D. Mr. Wang’s classmate meets Mr. Wang in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ B I will never forget my first English class. It is very interesting. It’s the first class in the morning. The teacher goes into the classroom with a smile on his face. At the beginning, he makes a self-introduction(自我介绍). And he tells us that his English name is John. Then he asks all of us to think of English names for ourselves. We are very excited(兴奋的) to find a good name. Then he asks us to write our names down on a piece of paper. I think about my English name for a long time. Then I come up with(想出) a beautiful name ---Shirley. All the students write their names down and give the paper to the teacher. When the teacher calls “Shirley” to answer his question, three girls stand up at the same time.‎ ‎( )31. What do we do in the first English class?‎ 191‎ A. Tell the teacher our Chinese names. B. Find English names for ourselves.‎ C. See an English film. D. Draw pictures.‎ ‎( )32. What does our teacher do first?‎ A. He asks every student to make a self-introduction.‎ B. He introduces(介绍) himself to all of us.‎ C. He asks us many difficult questions D. He tells us a story.‎ ‎( )33. What’s the English name of our English teacher?‎ A. Jack. B. Shirley C. John. D. Tom.‎ ‎( )34. Where do we write down our English names?‎ A. On the blackboard. B. On the desk.‎ C. On our hands. D. On the paper.‎ ‎( )35. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The teacher gives every student an English name.‎ B. Our teacher is a young girl.‎ C. Three girls choose(选择)the name “Shirley”.‎ D. The teacher calls our Chinese names in class.‎ IV 单词拼写（每小题1分，共10分）。‎ ‎36. My mother and father are my p______________.‎ ‎37. I’m a student. I do my h______________ every day.‎ ‎38. C____________ is our homeland(祖国).‎ ‎39. E____________ me, is this your pen?‎ ‎40. Bill’s pants are long, but Emma’s pants are s____________.‎ V选词填短文（15分）‎ song paint classmate .play Saturday sing friend music swim same different picture I have four good __41____. They’re Jennifer, Victor, Cindy and Leila. We are in the _42____ class. So we’re _43______ too. Jennifer swims very well, she wants to join the ___44____ club. Then she can swim on ___45____or Sundays. Victor wants to join the art club because he is good at __46______. Cindy is a pop music fan. She can sing a lot of __47___. So she wants to join the __48____ club. Leila wants to join the music club because she __49____ the violin very well. And she wants to be a ___50____ when she grows up(长大). I like them.‎ ‎ VI.书面表达（共15分）‎ 请根据下列提示，写一篇10句话（大约50-70个字左右）的自我介绍。‎ ‎（1）我叫Frank, 今年14岁，是一名Guang Ming Middle School的学生；‎ ‎（2）可参照以下句型：I can ….‎ ‎ I like ….‎ ‎ My favorite… is/are ….‎ ‎ My hobby is …/ My hobbies are ….‎ ‎ I go to school ….‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第十四讲 七年级上册英语语法总结（二）‎ 一般现在时 一般现在时基本用法：　　‎ ‎【No. 1】一般现在时的功能 ‎　　1.表示事物或人物的特征、状态。如：The sky is blue.天空是蓝色的。‎ ‎　　2.表示经常性或习惯性的动作。如：I get up at six every day.我每天六点起床。‎ ‎　　3.表示客观现实。如：The earth goes around the sun.地球绕着太阳转。‎ ‎　　一般现在时的构成 ‎　　1. be动词：主语+be(am,is,are)+其它。如：‎ ‎　　I am a boy.我是一个男孩。‎ ‎　　2.行为动词：主语+行为动词(+其它)。如：‎ ‎　　We study English.我们学习英语。‎ ‎　　当主语为第三人称单数(he, she,it)时，要在动词后加"-s"或"-es"。如：Mary likes Chinese.玛丽喜欢汉语。‎ ‎　　一般现在时的变化 ‎　　1. be动词的变化。‎ ‎　　否定句：主语+ be + not +其它。‎ ‎　　如：He is not a worker.他不是工人。‎ ‎　　一般疑问句：Be +主语+其它。‎ ‎　　如：-Are you a student? ‎ 191‎ ‎　　　　-Yes. I am. / No, I'm not.‎ 特殊疑问句：疑问词+一般疑问句。如：Where is my bike?‎ ‎2.行为动词的变化。‎ ‎　　否定句：主语+ don't( doesn't ) +动词原形(+其它)。如：‎ ‎　　I don't like bread.‎ ‎　　当主语为第三人称单数时，要用doesn't构成否定句。如：‎ ‎　　He doesn't often play.‎ ‎　　一般疑问句：Do( Does ) +主语+动词原形+其它。如：‎ ‎　　- Do you often play football?‎ ‎　　- Yes, I do. / No, I don't.‎ ‎　　当主语为第三人称单数时，要用does构成一般疑问句。如：‎ ‎　　- Does she go to work by bike?‎ ‎　　- Yes, she does. / No, she doesn't.‎ ‎　　特殊疑问句：疑问词+一般疑问句。如：How does your father go to work?‎ 动词+s的变化规则 ‎1．一般情况下，直接加-s，如：cook-cooks, milk-milks ‎2．以s. x. sh. ch. o结尾，加-es，如：guess-guesses, wash-washes, watch-watches, go-goes ‎3．以“辅音字母+y”结尾，变y为i, 再加-es，如：study-studies ‎1.表示经常的或习惯性的动作，常与表示频率的时间状语连用。　 ‎ 时间状语： always, usually, regularly, every ，once a month, ‎ morning/night/evening/day/week/year, often, sometimes ,　‎ ‎　e.g. I leave home for school at 7: 00 every morning.　 ‎ ‎（英语中的时间读法）‎ ‎2、动词变化形式 ‎　　 ‎ 情况 构成方法 ‎ 读音 例词 一般情况 加 -s ‎ 清辅音后读/s/ ‎ ‎　　浊辅音和元音后读/z/ ‎ swim-swims；help-helps；like- ‎ ‎　　likes　‎ 以o结尾的词 加-s或-es ‎ 读/z/‎ goes, does 以ss,sh,ch,x等结尾的词 ‎ 加 -es ‎ watches washes ‎ 以辅音字母+y结尾的词 变y 为i再加es ‎ 读/z/‎ study-studies ‎ 191‎ 巩固练习 一、 写出下列动词的第三人称单数 ‎ drink ________ go _______ stay ________ make ________‎ look _________ have_______ pass_______ carry ____‎ come________ watch______ plant_______ fly ________‎ study_______ brush________ do_________ teach_______‎ 单选 ‎1 Jenny ____ in an office.  Her parents ____in a hospital. A work; works     B works; work  C  work; are working  D  is working; work ‎2 One of the boys_____ a black hat. A have   B there is   C there are  D has ‎3 We will go shopping if it____ tomorrow. A don't rain  Bdidn't rain  Cdoesn't rain  Disn't rain ‎ ‎4 He said the sun ____in the east and ____in the west. A rose; set   B rises; sets  C rises, set  D rise; sets ‎5 Wang Mei ____ music and often ____ to music. A like; listen    B likes; listens     C like; are listening    D liking ; listen ‎6 Jenny____ English every evening. A has study  B studies  C study  D studied 用所给动词的正确形式填空：‎ ‎1.There __ some milk in the bottle. (be)‎ ‎2.Would you like something _________?(drink)‎ ‎3.___she _______a book? Yes, she is. (read)‎ ‎4.___________it like that. (not do)‎ ‎5.He_____________his homework at school. (not do)‎ ‎6.Fang Ming _____________(not like )rice at all.‎ ‎7.Do you like _______(ride) a bike?‎ ‎8.We_____(go)to school at 7:30 in the morning .‎ 191‎ ‎9.Listen!Lucy ____________(sing )now.‎ ‎10.Let me ____(help) you.‎ ‎11.Where is Lily? She ___________(read) under the tree.‎ ‎12.____Sam and Jim ______(make) a kite or a picture?‎ ‎13.Don’t_______(worry)! Let me help you .‎ ‎14.Can you _____(swim)? Yes ,I can .‎ ‎15.Bill speaks Japanese. He ________________(not speak) Chinese.‎ ‎1. He often ________(have) dinner at home.‎ ‎2. Daniel and Tommy _______(be) in Class One.‎ ‎3. We _______(not watch) TV on Monday.‎ ‎4. Nick _______(not go) to the zoo on Sunday.‎ ‎5. ______ they ________(like) the World Cup?‎ ‎6. What _______they often _______(do) on Saturdays?‎ ‎7. _______ your parents _______(read) newspapers every day?‎ ‎8. The girl _______(teach) us English on Sundays.‎ ‎9. She and I ________(take) a walk together every evening.‎ ‎10. There ________(be) some water in the bottle.‎ ‎11. Mike _______(like) cooking.‎ ‎12. They _______(have) the same hobby.‎ ‎13. My aunt _______(look) after her baby carefully.‎ ‎14. You always _______(do) your homework well.‎ ‎15. I _______(be) ill. I’m staying in bed.‎ ‎16. She _______(go) to school from Monday to Friday.‎ ‎17. Liu Tao _______(do) not like PE.‎ ‎18. The child often _______(watch) TV in the evening.‎ ‎19. Su Hai and Su Yang _______(have) eight lessons this term.‎ ‎20. －What day _______(be) it today?‎ ‎－ It’s Saturday.‎ 按照要求改写句子 ‎1. Daniel watches TV every evening.(改为否定句)‎ 191‎ ‎___________________________________________________‎ ‎2. I do my homework every day.(改为一般疑问句，作否定回答)‎ ‎________________________________________________________‎ ‎3. She likes milk.(改为一般疑问句，作肯定回答)‎ ‎___________________________ ‎ ‎4. Amy likes playing computer games.(改为一般疑问句，作否定回答)‎ ‎___________________________________________________‎ ‎5. We go to school every morning.(改为否定句)‎ ‎_______________________________________________________‎ ‎6. He speaks English very well.(改为否定句)‎ ‎___________________________________________________‎ ‎7. I like taking photos in the park.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎________________________________________________________‎ ‎8. John comes from Canada.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎___________________________________________________‎ ‎9. She is always a good student.(改为一般疑问句，作否定回答)‎ ‎________________________________________________________‎ ‎10. Simon and Daniel like going skating.(改为否定句)‎ ‎___________________________________________________‎ 四、改错(划出错误的地方，将正确的写在横线上)‎ ‎1. Is your brother speak English? __________________‎ ‎2. Does he likes going fishing? __________________‎ ‎3. He likes play games after class. __________________‎ ‎4. Mr. Wu teachs us English. __________________‎ ‎5. She don’t do her homework on Sundays. _________________ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第十五讲 英语写作技巧 写作技巧：10字原则让你写出优秀作文----结构+要点+逻辑+语法+亮点 结构：观点——要点——总结”。三段式的第一段：简单明了，开门见山，不超过2句话，如，我们想表达小强很强壮，第一段直接说 XQ is extremely strong. 观点明确。第二段：分2-3点说为什么他强壮。1. 每天吃10顿饭，He has ten meals everyday! 详举吃的是什么。2. 每天运动2小时，He does exercise two hours a day! 详举做了什么运动。第三段：经过第二段的论证，可以得出结论。但请注意，不能完全照抄第一段，要有升华。也可以提出希望和建议等。如，How strong and robust XQ is! I hope to be him one day!‎ ‎1． 根据格内容，写一篇介绍Salina的文章。‎ Name: Salina Eats dinner: 6:30‎ Goes to bed:10:30 Can: dance and sing Like : Comedies Age : 14‎ Birthday : 8 August Wants : to see a funny movie Favorite subjects : music, English, PE ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎2.假使你是校《英语角》的一名记者，就学校开展的一系列活动：采访、报道，并阐述自己的观点。请你根据下面表格中提供的信息，写一篇报告。‎ Events Time Like or Not Why Basketball Game April 15th Yes interesting Music Festival May 4th Yes Relaxing Sports Meet October 22nd Yes Interesting and exciting School Trip November 3rd Yes Interesting and relaxing English Speech Contest December 30th No boring ‎3.假如你叫李蕾。你是电影俱乐部的一名会员。你们经常组织看不同类型的影片。请介绍你们的俱乐部成员对电影的喜好。内容要点：1）你的姓名、年龄、生日及各自的特长；2）你对各种电影喜好的原因。‎ ‎4.假如你叫李明，想给刚认识的美国笔友写信介绍你的一些情况。下面是你的资料。‎ name Li Ming age ‎14‎ hobby Table tennis Favorite subject science school No 1 Middle School ‎ 5.请你为学校杂志写一份广告， 内容要点如下： 学校乐队需要四名新成员， 分别要求他们能弹钢琴、弹吉他、吹喇叭或敲鼓。 你的联系方式，电话联系87563559网上报名butterfly@xjschool.com.cn.‎ ‎6.请你根据图表中的材料，写一篇介绍Jerry一天中活动的短文。‎ ‎ Jerry’s Day ‎7:00 am get up ‎4:30 pm go home ‎7:20 am eat breakfast ‎7:00 pm watch TV ‎7:45 am go to school ‎7:30 pm do homework ‎11:30 am eat lunch ‎9:30 pm go to bed ‎ 7.假如你叫李磊， 你的美国朋友Henry在公共汽车上丢失一只黑色双肩包， 内有一些课本、几张唱片、几张身份证。 请你替他写一篇寻物启示，希望拾到者与他或你联系（电话:22266300）。 ‎ 范文 ‎1.‎ ‎ I have a friend. Her name is Salina. She is 13 years old. Her birthday is August 8th. She has dinner at 6:30pm and goes to bed at 10:30 pm. She can dance and sing well. She likes comedies and wants to see a funny movie. Her favorite subject is music, English and PE. She thinks music is relaxing, English is interesting, and PE is exciting.‎ ‎ This is my friend, do you have a friend? / what about your friend?‎ ‎2.‎ 191‎ ‎ In our school, we have many events. We have a basketball game on April 15th. We like it because it’s interesting. On May 4th, we have a music festival. We like it because music is relaxing. We have our sports meet on October 22nd. We like it because it’s interesting and exciting. We like sports. We have a school trip on November 3rd. We like it too. It’s interesting and relaxing. And we can learn a lot from it. We also have an English Speech Contest on December 30th. Some of the students don’t like it. They think it’s boring. But I think it’s good for us .So I love it.‎ ‎3．‎ ‎ My name is Li Lei. I am fourteen years old. My birthday is on January 5. I am a member of our movie club. I like action movies and thrillers best. And I often see comedies and cartoons, because they are very interesting. But I don’t like documentaries. They are so boring.‎ ‎4 ‎ Dear Jane, ‎ ‎ I am very glad to be your pen friend. Do you want to know something about me? ‎ ‎ My name is Li Ming. I am fourteen years old now. I am a student in No 1 Middle School. It’s a big school. There are twenty classes in our school. I’m in Class One, Grade One. We have six subjects, but I like science best. I think it’s very interesting. After school, I often play table tennis with my friends. I like it very much.‎ ‎ Can you write to me and tell me something about you?‎ ‎ Love, ‎ ‎ Li Ming ‎5. New Members Needed ‎ We need four musicians for our school band. Can you play the piano? Can you play the guitar? Can you play the trumpet or drums? Please call us at 87563559 or e-mail us to butterfly@xjschool.com.cn. Welcome to join us. ‎ ‎6. ‎ ‎ This is Jerry’s day. He gets up at 7:00 am, she eats breakfast at 7:20 am. After that, she goes to school at 7:45 am. At 11:30 am she eats lunch at school .Class is over at 4:00 pm, then she goes home at 4:30 pm. After dinner she watches TV at 7:00 pm. At 7:30pm she usually does her homework at home. She goes to bed at 9:30 pm. She has a full and busy day today.‎ ‎7. ‎ Lost ‎ ‎ My friend’s black backpack lost on a bus. There are some books CDs and an ID card in the backpack.. My friend’s name is Henry. Please call Henry and Li Lei at 22266300. ‎ ‎ 人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案 ‎ 二、选择题（25分）‎ 191‎ ‎1. Please _________ look at the blackboard. ‎ ‎ A. not B. don’t to C. don’t D. no ‎ 2. There _________ any money on the floor. ‎ ‎ A. are B. is C. isn’t D. aren’t ‎ ‎ 3. Let me help you _________ the box. ‎ ‎ A. to finds B. to see C. look D. find ‎ 4. I can’t speak _________ English. What’s that _________ English?‎ ‎ A. /, of B. in, in C. /, in D. the, /‎ ‎ 5. Are Lily and Lucy in _________ class? No, they are in _________ classes. ‎ ‎ A. the same, the different B. a same, a different ‎ C. same, different D. the same, different ‎ 6. Jim likes _________ TV after school.‎ ‎ A. watch B. watches C. to watch D. to see ‎ ‎ 7. The clothes are green. I want to _________. ‎ ‎ A. colour it red B. colour it to red ‎ C. colour them red D. colour them to red ‎ 8. _________ young man in a black shirt is _________ good worker. ‎ ‎ A. The, the B. The, a C. An, a D. An, the ‎ ‎ 9. It’s 7 o’clock. It’s time for _________. ‎ ‎ A. get to school B. go to school C. school D. schools ‎10. These books are Miss Li’s. Please give _________‎ ‎ A. her tem B. them to her C. it to her D. her it. ‎ ‎11. Mr Smith is forty, but he _________ very old. ‎ ‎ A. look B. looks like C. looks D. look like ‎12. This isn’t _________ skirt. _________ is on the clothes line.‎ ‎ A. my, My B. his, His ‎ C. her……Her D. your……Yours ‎13. _________ is your bike? The green one. ‎ ‎ A. Where B. Which C. What D. What colour ‎14. Who’s the girl _________ green. Is she your sister?‎ 191‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. in the D. in a ‎15. Tom is _________ brother. ‎ ‎ A. Lucy’s and Lily B. Lucy’s and Lily’s ‎ ‎ C. Lucy’s and Lily D. Lucy and Lily’s ‎16. ---- Aren’t you a Young Pioneer? ---- _________. ‎ ‎ A. No, I am B. Yes, I’m not C. Yes, I am D. Yes, I’m ‎17. This is _________ picture of _________ Green family. ‎ ‎ A. a, a B. the, / C, a, the D. the, the ‎ ‎18. Can you see the bird _________ the apple tree. ‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. down D. behind ‎19. ---- There’s a football game in the afternoon. ‎ ‎---- _________!‎ ‎ A. Sure B. Come on C. Great D. All right ‎20. _________ woman in red is Wu Hua’s mother. ‎ ‎ A. That B. a C. The D. An ‎ ‎21. ---- What’s the time. Please? ---- It’s _________. ‎ ‎ A. half to eight B. forty to nine ‎ C. thirty-five past seven D. five to five ‎22. ---- What colour is your new coat?‎ ‎ ---- It’s _________ orange. It’s _________ orange coat. ‎ ‎ A. the, the B. a, an C. /, a D. /, an ‎ ‎23. ----Mr Wang, I’m very ________ to see you. ---- _________ to meet you ‎ ‎ A. nice, Glad B. fine, Nice C. glad, Gladly D. glad, Nice ‎24. ---- Who is the girl over there? ---- I don’t know. Let’s _________ him. ‎ ‎ A. to go and meet B. to go and to meet ‎ ‎ C. to go and meet D. go and meet ‎ ‎25. _________ is my uncle. ‎ ‎ A. The man on the brown car B. The man in brown car ‎ C. The man in the brown car D. On the brown car man 191‎ 三、单词适当填空（10分）‎ ‎ 1. They are those ____________ bags . (child )‎ ‎ 2. There aren’t _________ pictures in the book. ( some )‎ ‎ 3. It’s time _________ up. (get)‎ ‎ 4. The door is ____________.(lock)‎ ‎5. These sweaters are ________________(they). _____________(our) are on the chair.‎ ‎ 6. Sue and I are __________________(woman) teachers.‎ ‎ 7. Let_____________(he) look at the picture.‎ ‎ 8. Mr Green ____________ to work at 8:00. (go)‎ ‎ 9. I ________________ a watch. (not have)‎ ‎10. Jim’s father is a __________(work).‎ 四、句型转换（11分）‎ ‎ 1. It’s time for lunch. （同义句）‎ ‎ It’s time ___________ ___________ lunch. ‎ ‎ 2. Are there any American buses in the street? (单数)‎ ‎ ___________ there __________ American ___________ in the street? ‎ ‎ 3. Put on your shoes. （反义句）‎ ‎　 ___________ ___________ your shoes. ‎ ‎ 4. The trousers on the bike are father’s. （划线提问）‎ ‎　 ___________ ___________ are father’s. ‎ ‎ 5. There are some birds in the sky. （用some kites）‎ ‎ ___________ there __________ birds or __________ __________ in the sky？ ‎ ‎ 6. Is the nice watch hers?（复数）‎ ‎　 Are the nice ___________ ___________?‎ ‎ 7. I can see five animals on the hill. ‎ ‎ ___________ ___________ animals ___________ you see on the hill. ‎ ‎ 8. It’s five forty-five?（同义句）‎ ‎　 It’s ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________. ‎ 191‎ 五、补全对话 对话填空,选十个单词,并用适当的形式填空(5分)‎ what whose can about ask thank look at put there let I watches A: Excuse me, Han Mei. __1__ the time, please?‎ B: Sorry. I don’t know. I __2__ find my__3__. Please go and __4__ ‎ Mr. Hu.‎ A: Excuse me. What time is it, please?‎ C: It’s __5__ 3:30.‎ A: Thank you, Mr. Hu.‎ C: __6__ watch is that? __7__ at it under the table.‎ B: Is it black?‎ C: Yes, it is.‎ B: Let__8__have a look. Oh, it’s mine.‎ C: __9__ you are.‎ B:__10__ very much.‎ C: You’re welcome.‎ ‎1. 2. 3. 4. 　 ‎ ‎5. 6. 7. 8. ‎ ‎9. 10. ‎ 六、完型填空（10分）‎ This is __1__ bedroom. It’s a nice room. We can see a bed, two __2__, a chair and a cat on the floor. What __3__ see on the wall? We can see some __4__ and a kite on it. We can also（还）see two windows __5__wall. Where’s __6__ computer? It’s on __7__ table. ‎ ‎ Some flowers are on this table, __8__. Where __9__ her penil-box and books? They are on the other（另一个）table. We can see a clock __10__ it. Under the chair is her cat. It’s a very nice bedroom. ‎ 191‎ ‎ 1. A. Kate B. of Kate C. Kate’s D. of Kate’s ‎ ‎ 2. A. tables B. table C. tables’ D. table’s ‎ 3. A. we can B. can we C. can D. we ‎ 4. A. in picture B. picture C. pictures D. of picture ‎ 5. A. in the B. in C. on the D. on ‎ ‎ 6. A. a B. the C. some D. an ‎ ‎ 7. A. the one B. an one C. one D. an ‎ ‎ 8. A. yes B. two C. too D. no ‎ ‎ 9. A. is B. are C. be D. is the ‎ ‎10. A. in B. under C. on D. of 七、阅读理解(15分)‎ A Jim is an English boy. He is thirteen. He is a middle school student. He is in No.6 Middle School. He is in Class 2, Grade 2. His teacher is Miss Gao.‎ In his nice bedroom, you can see a bed, a table, a chair, a clock, a map, a picture, a cat and some flowers. There is a black cat under the table. There is a blue clock on the table, and there is a map of China and a picture of Jim’s family on the wall.‎ ‎1. Jim ________ . Which isn’t right?‎ ‎ A. is an English boy in No.6 Middle School. B. is thirteen years old.‎ ‎ C. is in Class 2, Grade 2. D. has a nice classroom.‎ ‎2. Miss Gao is _______.‎ ‎ A. Jim’s teacher B. Jim’s English teacher ‎ C. Jim’s Chinese teacher D. not Jim’s teacher ‎ ‎3. What colour is Jim’s cat?‎ A. I don’t know. B. Black C. Dark black D. Light black.‎ ‎4. What’s on the wall?‎ ‎ A. blue clock. B. A map of China. ‎ ‎ C. A picture of Jim’s family. D. Both B and C.‎ ‎5. How many kinds(种类) of things are there in the passage(短文)?‎ A. Seven B. Eight C. Nine D. Ten 191‎ B My name is Ted Pike. I am a worker in a big store (商店). I don’t work in the morning. I only work at night（夜晚）. Every morning I come home at about half past six. I have breakfast at seven. After breakfast I go to bed. I get up at about half past two. I have lunch at a quarter to three and supper at twenty to eight. Then I go to work at a quarter past eight. I start work（开始工作） at nine. I look after the store every night. I like my job very much.‎ ‎6. Ted Pike only works _____________.‎ A. in the morning B. at noon C. in the afternoon D. at night ‎7. When does Ted go home every morning?‎ A. At about half past seven B. At a quarter to seven ‎ C. At six thirty D. At seven ‎8. Ted goes to bed___________.‎ A. at night B. before breakfast ‎ C. before lunch D. after breakfast ‎9. How long(长) is it between lunch and supper?‎ ‎ A. Four hours and fifty-five minutes(分钟) ‎ B. A quarter to three C. Twenty to eight ‎ D. Five hours and fifty-five minutes.‎ ‎10. Which is wrong?‎ ‎ A. Ted starts work at night. B. Ted starts work at 8:15 p.m.‎ ‎ C. Ted is a worker in the store D. Ted likes his work very much.‎ C Hello, friend!‎ My name is Zhou Dan. I’m a Chinese girl. I’m twelve. I’m from Zhengzhou, China. Do you know Zhengzhou? It’s in the middle of China. I’m in No.8 Middle School. There are about nine hundred students and fifty teachers in our school. Ours is a good school in Zhengzhou. I’m in Class2, Grade 1. There are 49 students in our class--- 29 girls and 20 boys. My English teacher is Miss Zhao Dan. Our names are almost the same, right? She is nice to me. We’re good friends. I like English, and I 191‎ ‎ like music, too. I want to find a pen friend. Please write to me.‎ ‎ Yours,‎ ‎ Zhou Dan 根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F).‎ ‎11. The e-mail is from Zhou Dan.‎ ‎12. There are nine hundred and fifty people in Zhou Dan’s school.‎ ‎13. Zhou Dan is in Grade 2.‎ ‎14. The names of Zhou Dan and her English teacher are the same.‎ ‎15. Zhou Dan likes music only.‎ 八、翻译：(10分)‎ ‎ 1. 你的雨衣在讲台后面还是在窗户下面？‎ Is your ______________________________________ or ________________________?‎ ‎ 2. 让我帮你打扫你的卧室吧！‎ Let me _______________________________________________.‎ ‎ 3. 山上有多少只绵羊?‎ ‎_______________________________ are there _________________________?‎ ‎ 4. 我想要一台像这样的彩电。‎ I _______________________________________________________________.‎ ‎ 5. 谁的衣服在晾衣绳上？是他的。‎ ‎______________________ on ________________________________？‎ They’re ________.‎ 九、作文（10分）‎ ‎ 根据所给的图，以Li Lei’s bedroom 为题写一篇短文，不少于6句话。‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO2‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ A.hamburger B.guitar C.backpack D.shirt E.bookcase F.watch TV G..swim H..Sally I..Lu Xun J..sweater K..speech contest L.comedy ‎1 2. 3. 4. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎5. 6. 7. 8. ‎ ‎ 9. 10 ‎ 191‎ 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11.---Do you have a _____?--- Yes, I _____ at a clothes shop.‎ A.work, work B.work, job C. job, job, D.job, work.‎ ‎12．Maria likes thrillers, ____ she doesn’t like action movies.‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. because D.or ‎13．Please call Nick ____ 758-6584.‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. at D. under ‎14. What do you usually do____Saturday evening,?‎ A in B on C at D to ‎15. Jim ____a new bike.‎ A have 　　B has 　　C There is 　　　D there are ‎16. A: Can you play the guitar_____ ?B: No, I can't.‎ ‎ A good B bad C nice D well ‎17.Can you _____ the notebook to me?‎ ‎ A.bring B.take C.takes D. brings ‎ ‎18--Let’s play computer games.‎ ‎ --Great! That sounds_______.‎ A.boring B.difficult C.interesting D. sad ‎ ‎19.Do you like green?‎ ‎---No, I don’t. My favorite ____is blue.‎ A.clothes B.colours C.color D.movies ‎ ‎20.______ do you go to the movies?‎ ‎ --- We go to the movies on weekdays.‎ ‎ A.Who B.When C.What time D.Why ‎ ‎21.Ben ______ P.E. He thinks it’s boring.‎ A. Likes B.don’tlike C.doesn’t like D.doesn’tlikes ‎ ‎22. I usually books in the morning.‎ A.look B.read C.watch D.see ‎23. Mr Green is _______ father.‎ 191‎ A. Jim and Kate B. Jim’s and Kate’s C. Jim’s and Kate D. Jim and Kate’s ‎24. Do you want to play_____ tennis?‎ ‎ ---Yes, I ______.‎ ‎ A.a,want B.the, do C.an, does D. /,do ‎25._______ does Tom like math?‎ ‎ Because _____ fun.‎ ‎ A.Why, it’s B.When, it C.Why, It’s D. When, it ‎ ‎ 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎ （A）‎ ‎( )26. Bill thinks comedies are ________.‎ A.funny B. boring C. sad ‎( )27. Devin doesn’t like _______. ‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C. comedies ‎( )28. Tim likes ________.‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎ ‎( )29. Jane likes ________.‎ 191‎ ‎ A. comedies. B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎( )30.Bill likes_____________.‎ A. action movies B. comedies C.A and B ‎(B)‎ Katen has two brothes,Dan and Andy, and one sister, Tina. Karen’s mother gets up at five thirty. She takes a shower and then she eats breakfast at six o’clock. Karen and Tina get up at six thirty, but Dan and Andy get up at eight thirty. Karen and Tina take showers in the moring, but Dan and Andy don’t. Karen, her mother, Dan and Andy watch Tv in the evening. Tina does her homework and goes to bed early.‎ 正确的写”A”，错误的写”B”.‎ ‎31.Karen’s mother gets up at six o’clock.‎ ‎32.Karen and Tina eat breakfast at six thirty.‎ ‎33.Karen, her mother,and her sister run in the morning.‎ ‎34. Dan and Andy don’t take showers in the morning.‎ ‎35.Tina watches Tv in the evening.‎ ‎( C )‎ Mr Cool’s Clothes Store Clothes Color Price socks white,blue ‎$4‎ pants black,red ‎$11‎ sweaters red,white ‎$8‎ T-shirt green,black ‎$7‎ hat black,red ‎$6‎ 191‎ 根据表格里的信息，选择答案。‎ ‎( )36. Which is the cheapest(最便宜的) of all?‎ ‎ A. Hat. B. T-shirt. C. Socks.‎ ‎( )37. How much are two pairs of pants and a ‎ hat?‎ ‎' A. $22. B.$28. C.$14.‎ ‎( )38. You can buy ____ in Mr. Cool's Clothes Store.‎ ‎ A. black pants B. a blue sweater ‎ C. a green hat ‎( )39. You like red and you only have $7. You ‎ can buy____.‎ ‎ A. a sweater B. a hat C. socks ‎( )40. You only have sixteen dollars. You can buy .‎ ‎ A. a sweater and a pair of pants ‎ B. two T-shirts and a pair of socks ‎ C. two sweaters ‎( D )‎ It is a fine Saturday morning. Lily and Lucy get up at six thirty. They want to go to the Great Wall（长城） with their mother. At seven fifty they are in a big bus to the Great Wall. There are forty people in it. Some of them are Americans; some are English. There are two Chinese in the bus, too. One is a woman. She is driving the bus. The other is a young man. He’s now talking about the Great Wall in English. They are listening to him. At about nine o’clock they get to the Great Wall.‎ ‎41 .Lily and Lucy want to go to the Great Wall ______.‎ A. in a fine day B. on Sunday morning ‎ 191‎ C. on Saturday morning D. in a cloudy morning ‎42. There are ______ English people in the bus. ‎ A. forty B. two C.some D. few ‎43. The young Chinese man is _______.‎ A. driving the bus B. talking to the people C. listening to him D. doing nothing ‎44. They get to the Great Wall at about ________.‎ A. nine o’clock B. seven fifty C. ten o’clock D. eight o’clock ‎45. There are two _______ in the bus.‎ A. Americans B. English girls C. Chinese D. Japanese girls 四.完形填空10% 。‎ ‎ This is a photo 46 a classroom. It’s a big room.In the photo, you can see a table, five 47 .You can see a teacher and two students, 48.‎ ‎ Three 49 are on the table. A pencil case is on the desk. Two pens and two rulers are in 50 pencil case. A backpack 51 behind a chair.‎ ‎ The teacher is Miss Gao. 52 is English teacher. One student is David.53 twelve. The other student is Simon. He is eleven.54 are in Class 2, Grade7. They are good friends. 55 math teacher is Mr. Green. He is not here.‎ ‎46.A.to B.of C.for D.in ‎ ‎47. A.desk and chair B.desks and chair C.desk and chairs D.desks and chairs ‎48. A.too B.please C.yes D.OK ‎49. A.book B.my books C.books D.the book ‎ ‎50. A.the B.a C.my D./‎ ‎51. A.am B.are C.is D.does ‎52. A.Her B. She’s C.Her’s D.She ‎53. A.He B.He’s C.His D.His’.‎ 191‎ ‎54. A.He is B. She is C. They D.They’re ‎55. A.Hi B.Their C.Her D. They 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎( ) 56. What’s you family name　______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 57. Is this your pen. Yes, it’s. ______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 58. What’s his name? He name is Li Lei. ____‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 59. It is a English book. _______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎ 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ ‎ (A)‎ A:Can I you? B:Yes, .I want a . ‎ A:What do you like? B:Blue.‎ A: you are. B:How is it?‎ A:$20. B:I’ll it.Thank you.‎ A:You’re .‎ ‎(B).‎ David: What club do you want join?‎ Lisa: We to join the chess .‎ David: Can you chess?‎ Lisa: No, I .‎ ‎(C)‎ A: this in English? B: a guitar.‎ A:How can you it?‎ 191‎ B:G-U-I-T-A-R.‎ A: it?‎ B:It’s behind the door.‎ A:Can you the guitar?‎ B:Yes,I can.‎ play basketball?‎ ‎--- Yes, he does. And he it very well.‎ ‎ （D）. ‎ 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎80.can,.play,they ,volleyball , 81. He ,at ,take ,seven ,shower , at, a ‎------------------------- --------------------------‎ ‎ ‎ ‎82.is,under,cat,the, box, the 83.doesn’t ,basketball ,Jack ,like ‎----------------------- ---------------------------------‎ 八.书面表达。8%‎ ‎ 请以Jane的身份写一封信给Lin Mei,告诉她关于你最喜欢的一天上学的日子（my favourite school day）的情况。字数50字左右。‎ ‎ ‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ 191‎ ‎1-5 HKGJF 6-10 LBAIC 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11-15　DBCBB 16-20 DACCB 21-25 CBDDA 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎26-30　AACCC 31-35 BBBAB 36-40 CBABC 41-45 CCBAC 四.完形填空10% 。46-50 BDACA 51-55 CDBCB ‎ 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎56　C your 57 C it is 58 B his 59 B an 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ ‎60　help 61 please 62 sweater 63 color 64 Here 65 much ‎66 take 67 welcome 68 to 69 want 70 club ‎71 play 72 can’t 73 What’s 74 It’s 75 spell ‎76 Where’s 77 play 78 Does 79 plays 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎80　They can play volleyball.‎ 81 He takes a shower at seven.‎ 82 The cat is under the box..‎ 83 Jack doesn’t like basketball.‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO3 ‎ 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 从下列各题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎（ ）21. — When is Tom’s birthday?‎ ‎ — ___________ birthday is May 6th.‎ ‎ A. My B. Your C. His D. Her ‎（ ）22. I like these pants. ___________ nice.‎ ‎ A. It’s B. That’s C. You’re D. They’re 191‎ ‎（ ）23. ___________ Lili and Yaoyao have lunch at school?‎ ‎ A. Do B. Does C. Is D. Are ‎（ ）24. — Joy, can you sing for the school concert?‎ ‎ — Sorry, I can’t. ___________ I can play the piano.‎ ‎ A. And B. So C. But D. Or ‎（ ）25. — When do you have P.E. ?‎ ‎ —We have it ___________ Monday and Friday.‎ ‎ A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎（ ）26. — I like that red T-shirt. ___________ is it?‎ ‎ — It’s fifteen dollars.‎ ‎ A. How old B. How many ‎ C. How much D. How long ‎（ ）27. — What’s your sister’s favorite ___________?‎ ‎ — Red.‎ ‎ A. movie B. fruit C. food D. color ‎（ ）28. A lot of people don’t play sports. They only ___________ them on TV.‎ ‎ A. look B. watch C. read D. see ‎（ ）29. — Where are the socks?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. They’re on the bed. B. They’re $ 5.‎ ‎ C. I’ll take them. D. I can’t find them.‎ ‎（ ）30. — Can she speak Chinese?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn’t.‎ ‎ C. Yes, she is. D. No, she can’t.‎ ‎ ‎ 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的四个选项中，选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项。‎ 191‎ ‎（A）‎ ‎ Scott works very long hours. He usually gets up at 17:00. He brushes his ______31______ and has a shower. Then he eats his breakfast. What a funny time to eat breakfast! ______32______ breakfast he plays his guitar, and then he goes to work. To get to work, he ______33______ the number 17 bus to a hotel. The bus usually takes him to work at 19:15. He works all ______34______. People love to listen to him! He gets home at 7:00, and he watches morning TV. He goes to bed at 8:30. Can you think ______35______ his job is?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）31. A. feet B. teeth C. shoes D. clothes ‎（ ）32. A. At B. With C. Before D. After ‎（ ）33. A. takes B. goes C. gets D. wants ‎（ ）34. A. evening B. afternoon C. morning D. night ‎（ ）35. A. how B. why C. what D. when ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Cinderella lives with a very mean （冷酷的） family. She has to do all the housework. She makes the beds. She does the dishes. She ______36______ the meals. She even takes ______37______ the garbage （垃圾）.‎ ‎ One day the family goes to a ______38______ at the prince’s palace （皇宫）. Cinderella is ______39______. She says, “I want to go and dance, too! ”‎ ‎ Suddenly a fairy princess comes and says, “I can ______40______ you. ” She gives Cinderella a party dress and a pair of glass ______41______. Then she says, “Come home early. My magic ends at midnight. I’m just learning this job. ”‎ ‎ Cinderella goes to the party and ______42______ with the prince. She forgets about ______43______. Then she sees a clock. It is almost midnight. Cinderella ______44______ home, but she loses one of her glass shoes on the way.‎ ‎ The prince wants to marry Cinderella, but all he has is the glass shoe. Many women try on the shoe, but it doesn’t fit. The prince ______45______, “Everyone has such big feet!” Then one day, Cinderella tries it on, and it fits!‎ 191‎ ‎ The prince and Cinderella get married, and they live happily ever after.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）36. A. eats B. cooks C. buys D. gives ‎（ ）37. A. with B. up C. in D. out ‎（ ）38. A. party B. movie C. picnic D. concert ‎（ ）39. A. happy B. sad C. excited D. tired ‎（ ）40. A. see B. take C. help D. bring ‎（ ）41. A. shoes B. hats C. pants D. gloves ‎（ ）42. A. sings B. dances C. plays D. talks ‎（ ）43. A. clothes B. food C. music D. time ‎（ ）44. A. goes B. walks C. runs D. gets ‎（ ）45. A. thinks B. hopes C. finds D. knows 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面A、B、C三篇短文。根据短文内容从每题所给的四个选项中，选出最佳选项（A）‎‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Sale ‎ ‎ Welcome to Little Star Clothes Store.‎ ‎ ‎ We have T ‎-‎ shirts in all colors for 15 yuan each.‎ ‎ ‎ Do you like sweaters? They are only 50 yuan.‎ ‎ ‎ Come and see for yourself.‎ ‎ ‎ You can buy anything on ‎-‎ line ‎ www. LittleStar@td. com.‎ ‎ ‎ Telephone number: 88340921‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）46. You can buy a red T-shirt for ___________ yuan.‎ ‎ A. twenty B. fifteen C. fifty D. thirty ‎（ ）47. You play basketball well and want to join the sports team. Please call ___________.‎ ‎ A. 86743169 B. 88340921 C. 87652390 D. 85347219‎ ‎（ ）48. The movie Harry Potter and the Goblet of fire is very ___________.‎ ‎ A. funny B. interesting C. exciting D. scary ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Donald Duck was born on June 9, 1934. Now he is 71 years old. He is the oldest duck in the world. He is very funny. He makes a lot of people laugh again and again. Children around the world all like him.‎ ‎ He first appears （出现） in the cartoon The Wise Little Hen. The little hen works very hard. But Donald Duck and his friend Peter Pig do not want to work. Then the little her gives them a lesson. She tells them that work is important.‎ ‎ Donald is like a little man in a big world. He has a good heart. He wants to help others. But things always go wrong for him. He doesn’t like it. He gets angry easily.‎ 191‎ ‎ Then his girl friend Daisy comes to help him. So he tries it again. He thinks there must be a better way to do things. But he does not know another way. It does not matter what other people think of him.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）49. Children like Donald Duck because he is ___________.‎ ‎ A. old B. funny C. friendly D. little ‎（ ）50. The underlined word “them” refers to （指的是） ___________.‎ ‎ A. children B. Donald Duck and Daisy ‎ C. people D. Donald Duck and Peter Pig ‎（ ）51. Which sentence about Donald Duck is NOT true?‎ ‎ A. He doesn’t want to work.‎ ‎ B. He doesn’t have any friends.‎ ‎ C. He makes people laugh again and again.‎ ‎ D. He is angry when he does something wrong.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（C）‎ Which is better, Radio or Television?‎ ‎ About fifty years ago, when television first came out, people thought that radio was no longer useful. Television has both sounds （声音） and pictures. It is much more real and interesting to watch television than to listen to the radio.‎ ‎ However, fifty years later radio is still very popular and it will be here for a long time. One reason is that we don’t need to see pictures when we listen to the music on the radio. In fact, listening with your eyes closed is the best way to listen to a piece of music. You can think yourself on a sandy beach or up high on a mountain. In other words, you can create (make) your own pictures.‎ ‎ Moreover, while listening to the radio, you don’t have to take your eyes off your ‎ 191‎ work. For example, you can listen to the radio and drive at the same time. Or you can read a book and listen to the radio. Televlsion, on the other hand, doesn’t have this advantage （优势）.‎ ‎ A radio is much smaller than a television. You can take a radio anywhere and turn it on anytime you want. In a quiet place you can use headphones to listen to the news or music on the radio. In this way （用这种方式） you won’t disturb （打扰） anybody. Moreover, a radio is much cheaper than a television. For less than $ 20 you can buy a small radio and have fun with it.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）52. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. Music. B. Sound. C. Television. D. Radio.‎ ‎（ ）53. It’s more interesting to watch TV because ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can make their own pictures ‎ B. people can drive while watching it ‎ C. it has both sounds and pictures ‎ D. it’s the best way to listen to music ‎（ ）54. People use headphones in a quiet place because ___________.‎ ‎ A. they don’t want to listen to the news ‎ B. they don’t want to disturb others ‎ C. they can close their eyes ‎ D. they can read a book ‎（ ）55. We learn from the passage that ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can take a radio anywhere ‎ B. people can see pictures on the radio ‎ C. a radio is bigger than a television ‎ D. the radio is about 50 years old 191‎ ‎ ‎ 一. 根据句意，从方框中选择恰当的单词填空，注意大小写和词形变化。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ and , work , about , take , excuse , sale ‎ 1. I like music. How ___________ you, Linda?‎ ‎ 2. ___________ me. Are you Mr White from America?‎ ‎ 3. My brother often ___________ a shower at seven o’clock.‎ ‎ 4. Oh, look at those green shorts. They are on ___________ for just $ 25!‎ ‎ 5. The basketball game is Oct. 10th ___________ the school trip is Oct. 25th.‎ ‎ 6. My father usually goes to ___________ at eight o’clock in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ 二. 根据所给标点符号，将每组单词按照正确的顺序组成句子。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. like , we , very , bananas , much ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 2. have , a , do , computer , you ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 3. birthday, June , his , mother’s , is , 29th ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 4. these , pants , are , how much , orange ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 5. movies , kind of , do , they , what , like ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 6. go to see , Beijing Opera , he , not , on , does , weekends , often ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ ‎ 三. 根据对话内容，完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ A： Hi, can I help you?‎ 191‎ ‎ B： Yes, please. I want to _____1_____ the music club.‎ ‎ A： Good. Can I have your _____2_____?‎ ‎ B： John Smith.‎ ‎ A： How _____3_____ are you?‎ ‎ B： Twelve.‎ ‎ A： Can you sing?‎ ‎ B： _____4_____, a little. I like singing and dancing.‎ ‎ A： Do you have an _____5_____ address?‎ ‎ B： Yes, it’s cindyj@pep. com. cn.‎ ‎ A： Great. _____6_____ a lot.‎ ‎ B： Thank you.‎ ‎ ‎ 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题。（可以用完整句子回答，也可简答）（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ December 25th is Christmas Day. In most countries it is the most important （重要的） day in the year. All the people come back to their homes. On Christmas Day bells ring everywhere. The ringing bell tells people Christmas is coming. People sing and dance day and night. They all have a good time.‎ ‎ Most families buy a Christmas tree for their children. And there are some presents in the tree here and there. People also put presents in children’s stockings （长统袜）. In many places, Father Christmas himself brings presents to them. He is a kind man and in red clothes. There is a big bag on his back. In it there are a lot of presents.‎ ‎ On Christmas Day people enjoy all kinds of food. But some poor people have no houses to live in and have no food to eat. They die of cold and hunger ‎ 191‎ ‎（死于饥寒交迫） on Christmas Day.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 1. Is Christmas the most important festival in the year in most countries?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 2. What does the ringing bell tell people?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 3. What can you find in the Christmas tree?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 4. Who brings presents to children?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 5. Do all the people enjoy all kinds of food on Christmas Day?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ ‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）‎ ‎ 假如你是李华，请根据表格的内容，完成下列任务：‎ ‎ （A）填写相应的信息（单词或词组）。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. _____________‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. _____________‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. _____________‎ Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. _____________‎ What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. _____________‎ What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. _____________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ （B）请你根据上述所填写的表格内容，给你的美国笔友Jim写一封短信，可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Dear __________‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes, ‎ ‎_________ ‎ ‎ ‎ 试题答案 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共10分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. D 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 31. B 32. D 33. A 34. D 35. C 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. B 40. C ‎ 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. A 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ ‎ 46. B 47. C 48. C 49. B 50. D 51. B 52. D 53. C 54. B 55. A 191‎ 语言综合运用（共35分）‎ 一. 选词填空（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. about 2. Excuse 3. takes 4. sale 5. and 6. work 二. 连词成句（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. We like bananas very much.‎ ‎ 2. Do you have a computer?‎ ‎ 3. His mother’s birthday is June 29th.‎ ‎ 4. How much are these orange pants?‎ ‎ 5. What kind of movies do they like?‎ ‎ 6. He does not often go to see Beijing Opera on weekends.‎ 三. 完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ 1. join 2. name 3. old 4. Yes 5. e-mail (email) 6. Thanks 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. Yes, it is.‎ ‎ 2. Christmas is coming.‎ ‎ 3. We can find presents.‎ ‎ 4. Father Christmas brings presents to children.‎ ‎ 5. No. (No, not all people. Some people don’t have food to eat.)‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）（A）填写相应的信息。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. 12 (twelve)‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. 7 (seven)‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. music Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. relaxing What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. sing songs What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. basketball ‎ （B）根据上面表格内容，请你给你在美国的笔友Jim写一封短信，信的内容可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Possible Version 191‎ Dear Jim,‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ My name is Li Hua. I am 12 years old. I usually go to school around seven o’clock. My favorite subject is music. I think it’s relaxing and I really like my music teacher, Miss Wang. She is very nice. I can sing songs and play the drums in music class. Can you play the drums? What’s your favorite subject? I also like sports and I often play basketball after class. What about you?‎ Yours, ‎ ‎ Li Hua ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO4‎ 一、词汇（15分）‎ A．根据首字母填词（5分）‎ ‎1. There is o______ one telephone in my home.‎ ‎2. Is she good at d________ pictures?‎ 191‎ ‎3. Ma Lin and Mang Nam are good table tennis p___________.‎ ‎4. Mrs Smith is very W _______ . She can’t find her purse.‎ ‎5. I don’t like my aunt. She is not f _________.‎ B．根据括号内的中文填词（5分）‎ ‎1. Skating is my ________ (最爱) sport.‎ ‎2. Don’t _______ (跟随)me.‎ ‎3. She is learning Chinese ________ (医学) in her room.‎ ‎4 . Lucy and Lily are Listening to their teacher ___________ (仔细).‎ ‎5. His school isn’t far from his home. But he has a ________ (问题).‎ C．根据所给单词的适当形式填空。（5分）‎ ‎1. I like doing some ________ (clean) in the morning.‎ ‎2. Mr Green is a good teacher. He is very _________ (help).‎ ‎3. Mr Brown works in a ________ (child) hospital in Chongqing.‎ ‎4. Please look at the two photos. Can you find any _________ (different)?‎ ‎5. These _______ (Canada) can speak some French.‎ 二、单项选择（20分）‎ ‎( )1. The paper plane is ________ the tree. It’s too ________.‎ A. on, high B. in, tall C. on, tall D. in, high ‎( )2. They ______ their homework in the evening.‎ A. don’t do B. don’t C. do, not D. not do ‎( )3. Tom and Lily learn _______ each other and help each other.‎ A. of B. at C. from D. to ‎( )4. There are many _______ in the fridge.‎ A. bottle apple juice B. bottles of apple juice C. bottle of apples juice D. bottle of apple juice ‎( )5. _______ is his English teacher.‎ A. Some of the men B. One of the man C. One of the men D. One of man ‎( )6. These are ____ and _____ rooms.‎ A. Lily, Lucy’s B. Lily’s, Lucy’s C. Lily’s, Lucy D. Lily, Lucy ‎ 191‎ ‎( )7. I can see only one sock. Where’s my _______ one ?‎ A. others B. other C. the other D. the others ‎( )8. There is something wrong _______ my bike. Can you help me?‎ A. of B. with C. in D. for ‎( )9. Li Ping’s Uncle isn’t a worker ________ a doctor. He’s a postman.‎ A. and B. but C. or D. no ‎( )10. How old is Miss Lin? Do you know?‎ ‎ —— Sorry, I don’t know. But she is not old. She ______.‎ A. look young B. looks fine C. looks very young D. is not young ‎( )11. There is not _________ in the purse.‎ A. some money B. some money’s C. any money D. any moneys ‎( )12. It’s time to go to school. Let ___________.‎ A. he go B. him go C. he to go D. him to go ‎( )13. Are you and Li Lei in the same school? -- _________‎ A. Yes, he is B. Yes, We are C. Yes, they are D. Yes, I am ‎( )14. Wang Hai goes to school _______ every morning.‎ A. in, car B. in, bus C. by a bus D. by bus ‎( )15. ____does Lily like England and ____ does she like about England?‎ A. How, how B. What, what C. What, how D. How,what ‎( )16. _____ do the doctors do ______ your machines? Oh, a lot of things.‎ A. How, of B. What, on C. What, with D. How, for ‎( )17. Hi, Mary. Here’s a post card ________ you, Who is it _________?‎ A. to, for B. for, from C. for, for D. to, to ‎( )18. That is ______ old photo of _______ Green family. It’s a family of three people.‎ A. am, / B. the, / C. the, a D. an, the ‎( )19. There is no orang in the bottle. Would you like ______ to drink?‎ A. Something else B. else something C. else D. something 191‎ ‎( )20. He doesn’t want red flowers. He want _______.‎ ‎ A. purple ones B. purple one C. the purple D. purple 三、用所给的动词的适当形式填空 ‎1. Li Ping, _______ (not be) late next time, please.‎ ‎2. What about __________ (run) up the tree?‎ ‎3. Listen! Some one _______ (sing) in the next room.‎ ‎4. Let’s ______ (play) class after school.‎ ‎5. He ______ (do) his homework in the evening. But he ______ (not do) it at this time.‎ ‎6. He usually likes _____ (dance), but he’d like ________ (go)fishing today.‎ ‎7. ______ (walk)is good for health.‎ ‎8. They must ________ (work) hard at English.‎ 四、句型转换。（10分）‎ ‎1. Can you help him?(同义句转换)‎ ‎ Can you _______ _______ _______ ________ ?‎ ‎2. They work six days a week. (同上)‎ ‎ They work ________ Monday _______ Saturday.‎ ‎3. He goes to work in a car. (同上)‎ ‎ He _______ a ________ to work.‎ ‎4. It takes 7 hours by plane?(划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ does it take by plane?‎ ‎5. He usually gets up at 5:30 in the morning.(现在进行时)‎ ‎ He ________ ________ ________ now.‎ ‎6. The meat is twelve yuan a kilo. (划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ is the meat a kilo？‎ ‎7. Throw it like this, please.(否定祈使句)‎ ‎ ______ _____ ________ like this, please.‎ ‎8. He isn’t good at math. He ________ _______ well in math.‎ 五、完成句子（10分）‎ 191‎ ‎1．让我们谈谈这幅图片。Let’s _______ _______ the picture.‎ ‎2．现在轮到你扫了，吉姆。It’s ______ _______ ______ ______ now,Jim.‎ ‎3．我完成家庭作业需要2小时。‎ ‎ It ______ _______ two hors _____ finish my homework.‎ ‎4．谁教我们法语？Who _______ _________ French?‎ ‎5．他们拼命干活挣钱。They work hard to ________ _______.‎ ‎6．请明天将英汉字典归还给我。‎ ‎ Please ______ the English Chinese ______ _______ to me tomorrow.‎ ‎7．你们为什么不看央视新闻？ ______ _______ you watch CCTV news?‎ ‎8．别担心，学英语要花时间。 Don’t worry. _______English _____ ____.‎ 六、完型填空（10分）‎ I’m always very busy (忙的) every day. I usually 1 up early at 6:30 in the morning. But 2 . I’m still sleepy (睡着的) . I put on my clothes, I wash my hands 3 face…Do this! Do that. 4 I have my 5 . I go go school. I usually leave home at 7:00. At school we all study 6 . We study English. Chinese, maths and so on (等等). 7 noon (中午) I get home and have lunch. At 1:30 I go to school again. Sometimes we play 8 football in the afternoon. I go home at 4:30. In the evening I do 9 homework. I go to bed at 10:00 and I go to sleep (入睡) very 10 .‎ ‎( )1. A. get B. gets C. getting D. getting ‎( )2. A. often B. usually C. sometimes D. always ‎( )3. A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎( )4. A. Before B. After C. When D. If ‎( )5. A. lunch B. supper C. breakfast D. meal ‎( )6. A. easy B. different C. difficult D. hard ‎( )7. A. on B. On C. at D. At ‎( )8. A. the B. × C. a D. an ‎( )9. A. many B. a lot of C. any D. a lot ‎( )10. A. next B. soon C. first D. last 七、阅读理解（20分）‎ ‎(A)‎ 191‎ It’s Sunday. There are many people in the bus. And an old man is looking here and there. He wants to find an empty seat(座位). Then he finds one. He goes to it. A small bag is on the seat. And a young man is sitting beside it.‎ ‎“Is this seat empty?” asks the old man.‎ ‎“No, it’s for a woman. She goes to buy some bananas.” Says the young man.‎ ‎“Well,” says the old man, “Let me sit here please. When she comes back, I will(将) leave here.”‎ The bus starts(启动).‎ ‎“She doesn’t come, but her bag is here. Let me give her the bag.” Then the old man throws the bag out of the bus window.‎ The young man jumps up and shouts, “Don’t throw! It’s my bag!”‎ ‎( )1. The old man wants to find an empty seat _____. ‎ A. in the room B. in the bus C. beside the driver D. in a car ‎( )2. The old man finds an empty seat. He goes there and finds there is ____ on it.‎ A. a man B. woman C. a bag D. a coat ‎( )3. The young man says the seat is for ________.‎ A. a man B. a woman C. a boy D. a girl ‎( )4. The bus starts. The old man ______.‎ ‎ A. asks the woman to sit on the seat B. takes the bag to the woman C. throws the bag to the young man D. throws the bag out of the window ‎( )5. The bag is ________. The young man doesn’t want the old man to throw it away.‎ A. the woman’s B. the old man’s C. the driver’s D. the young man’s ‎(B)‎ Four friends live in a small town. Their names are Cook, Miller, Smith, and Carter. They have different jobs. One is a policeman, one is a carpenter, one is a farmer, one is a doctor. One day Cook’s sonbroke his right leg, and Cook took him to 191‎ ‎ the doctor. The doctor’s sister is Smith’s wife. The farmer isn’t married(结婚). He has a lot of good hens. Miller always buys eggs from the farmer. The policeman sees Smith every day for they are neighbours.‎ ‎( )1. Who is farmer?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Carter D. Miller ‎( )2. Cook’s son is taken to _______.‎ A. Miller B. Smith C. Smith’s wife D. Carter ‎( )3. If you need, you can get ______ to repair (修理)your desk.‎ A. Cook B. Carter C. Miller D. Smith ‎( )4. Smith’s neighbour is ________.‎ A. the doctor’s wife B. Smith C. Carter D. Cook ‎( )5. Who is a policeman?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Miller D. cart ‎(C)‎ Wang Ping and Wang Bin are the twins. They are students. They go to school five days a week. They don’t have classes on Saturday and Sundays.‎ Today is Sunday. They want to go to the shop. Wang Ping wants to buy(买) a pen and Wang Bin wants to buy a pencil—box. In the shop there are many nice things and a lot of people . Some of them buy apples and bananas. And some of them buy food and clothes. The people in the shop are very friendly. Wang Ping and Wang Bin are very glad(高兴)to come back home with their things.‎ ‎( )1. The twins go to school from Monday to Friday.‎ ‎( )2. They go to the shop on Sunday.‎ ‎( )3. Wang Bin wants to buy a pen.‎ ‎( )4. The twins want to buy some food, too.‎ ‎( )5. They are very glad today.‎ ‎(D)‎ It is in autumn(秋天). A young man comes to a forest(森林). He’s walking beside the forest. On his right is a river. On his left is the forest. Suddenly(突然)he 191‎ ‎ sees two green eyes looking at him from the trees. A tiger(老虎)is getting ready(准备)to jump on him.‎ What does he do? He must jump into the river. But in the river there is a big crocodile(鳄鱼). Its mouth(嘴)is very big. The young man closes his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger is now in the mouth of the crocodile.‎ ‎( )1. When does the story take place(发生)? ______.‎ A. In winter B. In spring C. In summer D. In autumn ‎( )2. Where is he walking? _______.‎ A. Near the river B. Beside a forest C. By the river D. Be the lake ‎( )3. What does he see looking at him? _______.‎ A. Two green eyes B. A tiger C. A crocodile D. A man ‎( )4. Does he close his eyes at first(起初)? _________.‎ A. Yes, he does B. No, he does not C. Yes, he must D. No, he mustn’t ‎( )5. What does the man see at last(最后)?__________.‎ ‎ A. The tiger is in the mouth of the crocodile B. The crocodile is in the mouth of the tiger C. A fish in the mouth of the crocodile D. A ship is in the mouth of the crocodile 八、短文填空（10分）‎ The children are P 1 games in the park. They are having a good t 2 . It’s four o’clock now. And it’s time to go h 3 . Miss Gao begins to C 4 the children’s name. “Tom!” “I’m h 5 ,” Tom answers. “Han Meimei!” “Yes,” answers Han Meimei. “Liu Ming!” There’s no a 6 . “Liu Ming” Miss Gao calls again. “W 7 Liu Ming ?” Miss Gao asks. The children don’t k 8 .‎ Well, Liu Ming is behind a big tree! He’s eating a big apple. He doesn’t w 9 to let the other children know. Could Miss Gao f 10 him?‎ ‎1 ________ 2 __________ 3 __________ 4 __________ 5 _____________‎ ‎6 ________ 7 ___________ 8 __________ 9___________ 10 ___________‎ 191‎ 答 案:‎ 一、A. only drowing players worried friendly B. favoutite follow medicine carefully problem C. cleaning helpful children’s differences Canadians 二、1-5 DACBC 6-10 BCBCC 11-15 CBBDD 16-20 CBDAA 三、1.don’t be 2. running 3. is singing 4. play 5. cloes/isn’t doing 6.dancing to to ‎ ‎7. Walking 8.work 四、1. give him a hand 2. from, to 3. takes car 4. How long 5. is getting up ‎ ‎ 6. How much 7. Don’t throw it 8. doesn’t do 五、1. talk about 2. your turn to clean 3. takes me to 4. teaches us ‎5. make money 6. give back to 7. Why don’t 8. learning takes time 六、1-5 ACABC 6-10 DDBBB 七、(A) BCBDD (B) CADDA (C) TTFFT (D) DBBAA 八、playing, time,home,call,here,answer,where’s,know,want,find ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO5‎ 第一卷选择题（50分）‎ I．单项选择。（每小题1分，计15分）‎ ‎ ( )1. This is _________ alarm clock.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎ ( )2. We don’t like_________.‎ ‎ A. broccoli B. broccolis C. a broccoli D. broccolies ‎ ( )3. _________. Is this your pen?‎ ‎ A. Sorry B. Hello C. Excuse me D. Hi ‎ ( )4. Do you have two ________?‎ ‎ A. tennis racket B. tennis rackets 191‎ ‎ C. tennis’ racket D. tennis’ rackets ‎ ( )5. He _________ his homework at school.‎ ‎ A. doesn’t do B. don’t does ‎ ‎ C. isn’t do D. does not ‎ ( )6. ________this your guitar?‎ A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Do ‎ ( ) 7. Let’s _________ now.‎ ‎ A. go to home B. to go home C. go home D. to go to ( ) 8. How much are these shoes? _________ twenty dollars.‎ ‎ A. Are B. There C. They’re D. Their ‎ ( ) 9. My father usually________ a shower _________the morning.‎ ‎ A. take; in B. takes; in C. take; on D. takes; at ‎ ( )10. ________you play the violin?‎ ‎ A. Are B. Can C. Is D. When ‎ ( )11 ---This is my sister Ann.‎ ‎ ---Is _____ a student?‎ A. she B. he C. her D. his ‎ ( )12. I ________ two baseballs and my friend ________five baseballs.‎ ‎ A. have; have B. have; has C. has; have D. has; has ‎ ( ) 13. ---Is that your book?‎ ‎ ---Yes, ________.‎ ‎ A. it is B. it isn’t C. it’s D. this is ‎ ( )14. Miss Wei often helps us ________ our English.‎ ‎ A. at B. in C. of D. with ‎ ‎ ‎ ( )15. I want __________ the music club.‎ ‎ A. join B. to join C. joins D. be join II．从A、B、C、D中选择最恰当的选项填进文章中去，你会读到一个有意思的故 191‎ 事。（15分）‎ I like my Chinese teacher very much. He is a 16 man, about 25 years old. He is tall 17 black short hair. He is a very humorous(幽默的) person. He often 18 us jokes(笑话) and 19 to make our class more 20 . In class, he is a very 21 teacher. If we don’t listen to him carefully, he will give us some punishment(惩罚) by 22 us some questions. But after class, he becomes a very good 23 of us. He often talks with the girls and plays 24 with the boys. All of us really like him. He is our 25 teacher.‎ ‎( )16. A. old B. young C. very old D. aged ‎( )17. A. and B. for C. with D. at ‎( )18. A. tells B. says C. speaks D. speak ‎( )19. A. a story B. storys C. story D. stories ‎( )20 A. tired B. difficult C. interesting D. boring ‎( )21. A. busy B. strict C. interested D. well home ‎( )22. A. ask B. asks C. asking D. asked ‎( )23. A. teacher B. teachers C. friend D. friends ‎( )24. A. a basketball B. the basketball C. basketballs D. basketball ‎ ‎( )25. A. favorite B. the favorite C. favoritest D. a favorite III．经过一学期的英语学习，你的阅读理解能力一定有了很大提高。(20分)‎ A Dear Mr. Wang,‎ ‎ Someone comes to the office to see you in the morning, but you and your wife are out. He comes here at 10am. Because he is very busy, he goes away half an hour later. He tells me that he is your classmate at college(大学). Now he teaches Chinese in a high school(高中) in this city and he lives near the No. 6 Middle School. He is a very tall man with short hair. He wears a pair of glasses. He tells me his telephone number is 33426685. He is often at home at 7:00 pm. So you can call him in the evening.‎ 191‎ ‎( )26. The author(作者) writes this note(便条) to ______.‎ A. Mr. Wang B. Mr. Wang’s wife C. Mr. Wang’s classmate D. me ‎( )27. Mr. Wang’s classmate is __________. ‎ A. a teacher B. a worker C. a farmer D. an actor ‎( )28. When is Mr. Wang’s classmate often at home?‎ A. In the morning B. In the afternoon. C. At 7:00pm. D. We don’t know.‎ ‎( )29. How long does Mr. Wang’s classmate stay in the office?‎ A. Ten hours. B. An hour. C. Two hours. D. Half an hour.‎ ‎( )30. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. Mr. Wang and his wife are classmates. ‎ ‎ B. Mr. Wang’s classmate is short.‎ C. Mr. Wang goes out with Mrs. Wang in the morning.‎ D. Mr. Wang’s classmate meets Mr. Wang in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ B I will never forget my first English class. It is very interesting. It’s the first class in the morning. The teacher goes into the classroom with a smile on his face. At the beginning, he makes a self-introduction(自我介绍). And he tells us that his English name is John. Then he asks all of us to think of English names for ourselves. We are very excited(兴奋的) to find a good name. Then he asks us to write our names down on a piece of paper. I think about my English name for a long time. Then I come up with(想出) a beautiful name ---Shirley. All the students write their names down and give the paper to the teacher. When the teacher calls “Shirley” to answer his question, three girls stand up at the same time.‎ ‎( )31. What do we do in the first English class?‎ A. Tell the teacher our Chinese names. B. Find English names for ourselves.‎ C. See an English film. D. Draw pictures.‎ ‎( )32. What does our teacher do first?‎ A. He asks every student to make a self-introduction.‎ 191‎ B. He introduces(介绍) himself to all of us.‎ C. He asks us many difficult questions D. He tells us a story.‎ ‎( )33. What’s the English name of our English teacher?‎ A. Jack. B. Shirley C. John. D. Tom.‎ ‎( )34. Where do we write down our English names?‎ A. On the blackboard. B. On the desk.‎ C. On our hands. D. On the paper.‎ ‎( )35. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The teacher gives every student an English name.‎ B. Our teacher is a young girl.‎ C. Three girls choose(选择)the name “Shirley”.‎ D. The teacher calls our Chinese names in class.‎ IV 单词拼写（每小题1分，共10分）。‎ ‎36. My mother and father are my p______________.‎ ‎37. I’m a student. I do my h______________ every day.‎ ‎38. C____________ is our homeland(祖国).‎ ‎39. E____________ me, is this your pen?‎ ‎40. Bill’s pants are long, but Emma’s pants are s____________.‎ V选词填短文（15分）‎ song paint classmate .play Saturday sing friend music swim same different picture ‎ I have four good __41____. They’re Jennifer, Victor, Cindy and Leila. We are in the _42____ class. So we’re _43______ too. Jennifer swims very well, she wants to join the ___44____ club. Then she can swim on ___45____or Sundays. Victor wants to join the art club because he is good at __46______. Cindy is a pop music fan. She can sing a lot of __47___. So she wants to join the __48____ club. Leila wants to join the music club because she __49____ the violin very well. And she wants to be a ___50____ when she grows up(长大). I like them.‎ 191‎ VI任务性阅读（10分）‎ My name is Tommy Wang. T-O-M-M-Y, Tommy, W-A-N-G, Wang. I am a Chinese boy. My telephone number is 85523963. My telephone is white. Look! This is my pencil box. ① It’s big and beautiful. It’s white. What’s in it? This is ② ________ eraser. It’s white. This is a pencil. It’s white. ③ This is a ruler. It’s white, too. I like white. I like green, too. Look! ④ My schoolbag is green. My notebook is green, too. But my favorite color is white.‎ ‎　 This is my good friend. His name is John. ⑤ He is English. Linda is John’s sister. I like my friend. Like English.‎ ‎51. 把第①处黑体字部分的句子译成汉语。_________________________________________‎ ‎52. 在第②处填入一个适当的冠词。 _____________________________________________‎ ‎53. 把第③处黑体字部分的句子改成复数。 ______________________________________‎ ‎54. 就第④处黑体字部分句子的划线部分提问。 _________________________________‎ ‎55. 将第⑤处黑体字部分的句子改为同义句。______________________________________‎ ‎ VI.书面表达（共15分）‎ 请根据下列提示，写一篇10句话（大约50-70个字左右）的自我介绍。‎ ‎（1）我叫Frank, 今年14岁，是一名Guang Ming Middle School的学生；‎ ‎ （2）可参照以下句型：I can ….‎ ‎ I like ….‎ ‎ My favorite… is/are ….‎ ‎ My hobby is …/ My hobbies are ….‎ ‎ I go to school ….‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 七年级英语参考答案 I 1—15 BACBA BCCBB ABADB II 16—25 BCADC BCCDA 191‎ III A: 26—30 AACDCB: 31—35 BBCDC IV36parents37homework38China39Excuse40short V 41friends 42same 43classmates 44swimming 45Saturdays 46painting 47songs ‎48singing49plays50musician VI 51. 它大又漂亮。　　 52. an　　　 53. These are rulers.‎ ‎54. What color is your schoolbag?　　55. He comes from England.‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO6‎ I、单项选择 1. This is a girl. _________ name is Kate. A. She 　B. Her 　C. Its 　D. His 2. I can see four _________ on the table. A. cake 　B. a cake 　C. cakes 　D. the cake 3. Mr Green has three _______: Jim, Jeff and Jean. A. sons 　B. daughters 　C. twins 　D. children 4. Mum, ______ is my friend, Li Lei. Li Lei, ________ is my mother. A. he; she 　B. she; he 　C. this; this 　D. this; that 5. "What's that ___________ English?" "I don't know." A. in 　B. on 　C. for 　D. at 6. ________, Jim. Can you colour it red? A. Sorry 　B. I'm sorry 　C. Excuse me 　D. Thank you 7. Ann! That bag ________ yours. A. looks after 　B. looks like 　C. look like 　D. looks 8. It's time for bed. Please ________ your shoes and clothes, Tom. A. put on 　B. look after 　C. look at 　D. take off 9. We can see a boy, a girl ________ a man in that room. A. or 　B. but 　C. too 　D. and ‎ 191‎ ‎10. Tom is ________ brother. A. Lucy and Lily's    B. Lucy's and Lily C. Lucy's and Lily's  D. Lucy and Lily II．选择正确的对话语序 11.①Which woman?      ②Who's that woman?    ③She's my teacher. ④The one on the red bike.    A. ①②③④ 　B. ①③②④ 　C. ②③①④ 　D. ②①④③ 12.①No, it isn't. ②It's a jeep. ③What's that? ④Is it yours?    A. ④①③② 　B. ②④①③ 　C. ③②④① 　D. ④①②③ 13.①Great! Let's go and have a look. ②What's in it?    ③Where's Tom?                     ④There's a tree house there.    ⑤He's up there in the tree with Bill.    ⑥In the tree? Why?    ⑦There's a small bed, a table and a clock.    A. ②⑦③⑤⑥④① 　B. ③⑤②⑦⑥④①    C. ④①②⑦③⑤⑥ 　D. ③⑤⑥④②⑦① III．阅读理解 ‎（A）‎ ‎　　My name is Ling Feng. I am a Chinese boy. At school I have a good friend, Mike. He is an English boy. He is twelve, but I am thirteen. We are in No. 5 Middle School. We are in the same grade, but we are in different (不同的) classes. Mike's sister is not a student. She is four. His mother can look after her at home. 根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正（T）误（F）： 14. Mike is Ling Feng's friend at school. 15. Ling Feng and Mike have the same age. 16. The two boys are in the same schools. ‎ 191‎ ‎17. Mike's sister is a student, too. 18. From this passage (从这篇短文中) , we can know the mother's name.‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎　　I have a good friend in my home. It is a bird. Its name is Polly. It's three. It is yellow and very beautiful (美丽). I play with it after school. My classmates-Ann and Kate often(时常) come to see it. Polly sings (唱歌) every day. I teach (教)it to sing the "ABC". Now it can sing the "ABC". I like it very much. 根据短文内容，回答问题。 19. Who is my friend? A. Polly. 　B. Ann. 　C. Mike. 　D. Kate. 20. Is Polly a bird? A. No, it is. 　B. No, it isn't. 　C. Yes, it is. 　D. Yes, it isn't. 21. How old is Polly? A. One. 　B. Five. 　C. Three. 　D. Four. 22. Who teaches (教) Polly to sing the "ABC"? A. I do. 　B. You do. 　C. She does. 　D. He does.23. Where's Polly? A. It's a school.          B. It's in my home. C. It's in the sky (天空).  D. It's in a tree.‎ ‎（C）‎ 191‎ ‎24. Ann is _______. A. Lucy's mother.   B. Sam's grandma C. Mike's grandpa   D. Kate's daughter 25. We call (叫) Ann Brown _______ now. A. Mrs Jim 　B. Miss Ann 　C. miss Brown 　D. Mrs Green 26. Kate is __________. A. Sam's mother 　B. Lucy's father 　C. Mike's sister 　D. Mike's brother 27. There are ______ people is Ann's family. A. four 　B. six 　C. eight 　D. two 28. Sue is ________. A. Lucy's aunt 　B. Jim's daughter 　C. Kate's sister 　D. Bill's sister IV、用所给词的适当形式填空 1. Li Lei ________ (be) at school. 2. There _________ (be) some books on the desk. 3. What's in __________ (Jim) room? 4. ___________ (come) and meet the family. 5. Where _________ (be) Lucy's shoes? 6. Let's _________ (look) at the map on the wall. 7. Miss Gao is ___________ (they) teacher. 8. It's time ___________ (go) to bed. 9. Kate is a new student. She's _________. (America) 10. Where are your _____________ (box)? V、用所给的疑问词（组）填空   what colour, what, how, how old, where, who, what class, which, how many, what time 1. ---________ are you in? ---I'm in Class 1. 2. ---__________ are you? ---I'm 13. 3. ---________ is one and two?  ---It's three. 4. ---__________ is the boy? ---He's my brother. ‎ 191‎ ‎5. ---__________ is Tom?  ---He's at home. 6. ---_____________ are you? ---I'm fine. 7. ---__________ is it?   ---It's red. 8. ---__________ girl?   ---The one in the white hat. 9. ---___________ kites can you see?   ---Ten. 10. ---___________ is it?  ---It's a quarter to nine. VI、（A）用所给词完成下列对话，每空一词。   no, sorry, number, speak, this, it A: Hello! May I _________ to Mr Liu?   B: Mr Liu? There is ________ Mr Liu here. Who is this, please?   A: ________ is Jack. Is ________ 62335676?   B: No. That's a wrong _________.   A: Oh, _________.   B: That's OK.   (dial again重播号)   B）用所给字母提示继续完成下列对话，每空一词。   C: H________!   A: Yes. Is that Mr Liu?   C: Jack. My friend Bill can't f_______ his gloves. Can you h_______ him find it?   C: Yes. Please c_______ to my room. There are a pair of (一副) gloves here. Maybe (或许) they are h________.   A: Good. We'll come soon. See y______ later.   C: Bye-bye.‎ 参考答案 选择题 1.B 2.C 3.D 4.C 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.D 9.D 10.A ‎ 191‎ ‎11.D 12.C 13.D 14.T 15.F 16.T 17.F 18.F 19.A 20.C 21.C 22.A 23.B 24.B 25.D 26.C 27.C 28.A 非选择题 IV、1. is 2. are 3. Jim's 4. Come 5. are 6. look 7. their 8. to go 9. American 10. boxes V. 1. What class 2. How old 3. What 4. Who 5. Where 6. How 7. What colour 8. Which 9. How many 10. What time VI. 1. speak 2. no 3. This 4. it 5. number 6. sorry 7. Hello 8. find 9. help 10. come 11. his 12. you ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO1‎ 二、选择题（25分）‎ ‎1. Please _________ look at the blackboard. ‎ ‎ A. not B. don’t to C. don’t D. no ‎ 2. There _________ any money on the floor. ‎ ‎ A. are B. is C. isn’t D. aren’t ‎ ‎ 3. Let me help you _________ the box. ‎ ‎ A. to finds B. to see C. look D. find ‎ 4. I can’t speak _________ English. What’s that _________ English?‎ ‎ A. /, of B. in, in C. /, in D. the, /‎ ‎ 5. Are Lily and Lucy in _________ class? No, they are in _________ classes. ‎ 191‎ ‎ A. the same, the different B. a same, a different ‎ C. same, different D. the same, different ‎ 6. Jim likes _________ TV after school.‎ ‎ A. watch B. watches C. to watch D. to see ‎ ‎ 7. The clothes are green. I want to _________. ‎ ‎ A. colour it red B. colour it to red ‎ C. colour them red D. colour them to red ‎ 8. _________ young man in a black shirt is _________ good worker. ‎ ‎ A. The, the B. The, a C. An, a D. An, the ‎ ‎ 9. It’s 7 o’clock. It’s time for _________. ‎ ‎ A. get to school B. go to school C. school D. schools ‎10. These books are Miss Li’s. Please give _________‎ ‎ A. her tem B. them to her C. it to her D. her it. ‎ ‎11. Mr Smith is forty, but he _________ very old. ‎ ‎ A. look B. looks like C. looks D. look like ‎12. This isn’t _________ skirt. _________ is on the clothes line.‎ ‎ A. my, My B. his, His ‎ C. her……Her D. your……Yours ‎13. _________ is your bike? The green one. ‎ ‎ A. Where B. Which C. What D. What colour ‎14. Who’s the girl _________ green. Is she your sister?‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. in the D. in a ‎15. Tom is _________ brother. ‎ ‎ A. Lucy’s and Lily B. Lucy’s and Lily’s ‎ ‎ C. Lucy’s and Lily D. Lucy and Lily’s ‎16. ---- Aren’t you a Young Pioneer? ---- _________. ‎ ‎ A. No, I am B. Yes, I’m not C. Yes, I am D. Yes, I’m ‎17. This is _________ picture of _________ Green family. ‎ ‎ A. a, a B. the, / C, a, the D. the, the ‎ ‎18. Can you see the bird _________ the apple tree. ‎ 191‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. down D. behind ‎19. ---- There’s a football game in the afternoon. ‎ ‎---- _________!‎ ‎ A. Sure B. Come on C. Great D. All right ‎20. _________ woman in red is Wu Hua’s mother. ‎ ‎ A. That B. a C. The D. An ‎ ‎21. ---- What’s the time. Please? ---- It’s _________. ‎ ‎ A. half to eight B. forty to nine ‎ C. thirty-five past seven D. five to five ‎22. ---- What colour is your new coat?‎ ‎ ---- It’s _________ orange. It’s _________ orange coat. ‎ ‎ A. the, the B. a, an C. /, a D. /, an ‎ ‎23. ----Mr Wang, I’m very ________ to see you. ---- _________ to meet you ‎ ‎ A. nice, Glad B. fine, Nice C. glad, Gladly D. glad, Nice ‎24. ---- Who is the girl over there? ---- I don’t know. Let’s _________ him. ‎ ‎ A. to go and meet B. to go and to meet ‎ ‎ C. to go and meet D. go and meet ‎ ‎25. _________ is my uncle. ‎ ‎ A. The man on the brown car B. The man in brown car ‎ C. The man in the brown car D. On the brown car man 三、单词适当填空（10分）‎ ‎ 1. They are those ____________ bags . (child )‎ ‎ 2. There aren’t _________ pictures in the book. ( some )‎ ‎ 3. It’s time _________ up. (get)‎ ‎ 4. The door is ____________.(lock)‎ ‎5. These sweaters are ________________(they). _____________(our) are on the chair.‎ ‎ 6. Sue and I are __________________(woman) teachers.‎ ‎ 7. Let_____________(he) look at the picture.‎ ‎ 8. Mr Green ____________ to work at 8:00. (go)‎ 191‎ ‎ 9. I ________________ a watch. (not have)‎ ‎10. Jim’s father is a __________(work).‎ 四、句型转换（11分）‎ ‎ 1. It’s time for lunch. （同义句）‎ ‎ It’s time ___________ ___________ lunch. ‎ ‎ 2. Are there any American buses in the street? (单数)‎ ‎ ___________ there __________ American ___________ in the street? ‎ ‎ 3. Put on your shoes. （反义句）‎ ‎　 ___________ ___________ your shoes. ‎ ‎ 4. The trousers on the bike are father’s. （划线提问）‎ ‎　 ___________ ___________ are father’s. ‎ ‎ 5. There are some birds in the sky. （用some kites）‎ ‎ ___________ there __________ birds or __________ __________ in the sky？ ‎ ‎ 6. Is the nice watch hers?（复数）‎ ‎　 Are the nice ___________ ___________?‎ ‎ 7. I can see five animals on the hill. ‎ ‎ ___________ ___________ animals ___________ you see on the hill. ‎ ‎ 8. It’s five forty-five?（同义句）‎ ‎　 It’s ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________. ‎ 五、补全对话 对话填空,选十个单词,并用适当的形式填空(5分)‎ what whose can about ask thank look at put there let I watches A: Excuse me, Han Mei. __1__ the time, please?‎ B: Sorry. I don’t know. I __2__ find my__3__. Please go and __4__ ‎ Mr. Hu.‎ A: Excuse me. What time is it, please?‎ C: It’s __5__ 3:30.‎ 191‎ A: Thank you, Mr. Hu.‎ C: __6__ watch is that? __7__ at it under the table.‎ B: Is it black?‎ C: Yes, it is.‎ B: Let__8__have a look. Oh, it’s mine.‎ C: __9__ you are.‎ B:__10__ very much.‎ C: You’re welcome.‎ ‎1. 2. 3. 4. 　 ‎ ‎5. 6. 7. 8. ‎ ‎9. 10. ‎ 六、完型填空（10分）‎ This is __1__ bedroom. It’s a nice room. We can see a bed, two __2__, a chair and a cat on the floor. What __3__ see on the wall? We can see some __4__ and a kite on it. We can also（还）see two windows __5__wall. Where’s __6__ computer? It’s on __7__ table. ‎ ‎ Some flowers are on this table, __8__. Where __9__ her penil-box and books? They are on the other（另一个）table. We can see a clock __10__ it. Under the chair is her cat. It’s a very nice bedroom. ‎ ‎ 1. A. Kate B. of Kate C. Kate’s D. of Kate’s ‎ ‎ 2. A. tables B. table C. tables’ D. table’s ‎ 3. A. we can B. can we C. can D. we ‎ 4. A. in picture B. picture C. pictures D. of picture ‎ 5. A. in the B. in C. on the D. on ‎ ‎ 6. A. a B. the C. some D. an ‎ ‎ 7. A. the one B. an one C. one D. an ‎ ‎ 8. A. yes B. two C. too D. no ‎ ‎ 9. A. is B. are C. be D. is the ‎ ‎10. A. in B. under C. on D. of 191‎ 七、阅读理解(15分)‎ A Jim is an English boy. He is thirteen. He is a middle school student. He is in No.6 Middle School. He is in Class 2, Grade 2. His teacher is Miss Gao.‎ In his nice bedroom, you can see a bed, a table, a chair, a clock, a map, a picture, a cat and some flowers. There is a black cat under the table. There is a blue clock on the table, and there is a map of China and a picture of Jim’s family on the wall.‎ ‎1. Jim ________ . Which isn’t right?‎ ‎ A. is an English boy in No.6 Middle School. B. is thirteen years old.‎ ‎ C. is in Class 2, Grade 2. D. has a nice classroom.‎ ‎2. Miss Gao is _______.‎ ‎ A. Jim’s teacher B. Jim’s English teacher ‎ C. Jim’s Chinese teacher D. not Jim’s teacher ‎ ‎3. What colour is Jim’s cat?‎ A. I don’t know. B. Black C. Dark black D. Light black.‎ ‎4. What’s on the wall?‎ ‎ A. blue clock. B. A map of China. ‎ ‎ C. A picture of Jim’s family. D. Both B and C.‎ ‎5. How many kinds(种类) of things are there in the passage(短文)?‎ A. Seven B. Eight C. Nine D. Ten B My name is Ted Pike. I am a worker in a big store (商店). I don’t work in the morning. I only work at night（夜晚）. Every morning I come home at about half past six. I have breakfast at seven. After breakfast I go to bed. I get up at about half past two. I have lunch at a quarter to three and supper at twenty to eight. Then I go to work at a quarter past eight. I start work（开始工作） at nine. I look after the store every night. I like my job very much.‎ ‎6. Ted Pike only works _____________.‎ A. in the morning B. at noon C. in the afternoon D. at night ‎7. When does Ted go home every morning?‎ 191‎ A. At about half past seven B. At a quarter to seven ‎ C. At six thirty D. At seven ‎8. Ted goes to bed___________.‎ A. at night B. before breakfast ‎ C. before lunch D. after breakfast ‎9. How long(长) is it between lunch and supper?‎ ‎ A. Four hours and fifty-five minutes(分钟) ‎ B. A quarter to three C. Twenty to eight ‎ D. Five hours and fifty-five minutes.‎ ‎10. Which is wrong?‎ ‎ A. Ted starts work at night. B. Ted starts work at 8:15 p.m.‎ ‎ C. Ted is a worker in the store D. Ted likes his work very much.‎ C Hello, friend!‎ My name is Zhou Dan. I’m a Chinese girl. I’m twelve. I’m from Zhengzhou, China. Do you know Zhengzhou? It’s in the middle of China. I’m in No.8 Middle School. There are about nine hundred students and fifty teachers in our school. Ours is a good school in Zhengzhou. I’m in Class2, Grade 1. There are 49 students in our class--- 29 girls and 20 boys. My English teacher is Miss Zhao Dan. Our names are almost the same, right? She is nice to me. We’re good friends. I like English, and I like music, too. I want to find a pen friend. Please write to me.‎ ‎ Yours,‎ ‎ Zhou Dan 根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F).‎ ‎11. The e-mail is from Zhou Dan.‎ ‎12. There are nine hundred and fifty people in Zhou Dan’s school.‎ ‎13. Zhou Dan is in Grade 2.‎ ‎14. The names of Zhou Dan and her English teacher are the same.‎ ‎15. Zhou Dan likes music only.‎ 191‎ 八、翻译：(10分)‎ ‎ 1. 你的雨衣在讲台后面还是在窗户下面？‎ Is your ______________________________________ or ________________________?‎ ‎ 2. 让我帮你打扫你的卧室吧！‎ Let me _______________________________________________.‎ ‎ 3. 山上有多少只绵羊?‎ ‎_______________________________ are there _________________________?‎ ‎ 4. 我想要一台像这样的彩电。‎ I _______________________________________________________________.‎ ‎ 5. 谁的衣服在晾衣绳上？是他的。‎ ‎______________________ on ________________________________？‎ They’re ________.‎ 九、作文（10分）‎ ‎ 根据所给的图，以Li Lei’s bedroom 为题写一篇短文，不少于6句话。‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO2‎ 191‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ A.hamburger B.guitar C.backpack D.shirt E.bookcase F.watch TV G..swim H..Sally I..Lu Xun J..sweater K..speech contest L.comedy ‎1 2. 3. 4. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎5. 6. 7. 8. ‎ ‎ 9. 10 ‎ 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11.---Do you have a _____?--- Yes, I _____ at a clothes shop.‎ A.work, work B.work, job C. job, job, D.job, work.‎ 191‎ ‎12．Maria likes thrillers, ____ she doesn’t like action movies.‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. because D.or ‎13．Please call Nick ____ 758-6584.‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. at D. under ‎14. What do you usually do____Saturday evening,?‎ A in B on C at D to ‎15. Jim ____a new bike.‎ A have 　　B has 　　C There is 　　　D there are ‎16. A: Can you play the guitar_____ ?B: No, I can't.‎ ‎ A good B bad C nice D well ‎17.Can you _____ the notebook to me?‎ ‎ A.bring B.take C.takes D. brings ‎ ‎18--Let’s play computer games.‎ ‎ --Great! That sounds_______.‎ A.boring B.difficult C.interesting D. sad ‎ ‎19.Do you like green?‎ ‎---No, I don’t. My favorite ____is blue.‎ A.clothes B.colours C.color D.movies ‎ ‎20.______ do you go to the movies?‎ ‎ --- We go to the movies on weekdays.‎ ‎ A.Who B.When C.What time D.Why ‎ ‎21.Ben ______ P.E. He thinks it’s boring.‎ A. Likes B.don’tlike C.doesn’t like D.doesn’tlikes ‎ ‎22. I usually books in the morning.‎ A.look B.read C.watch D.see ‎23. Mr Green is _______ father.‎ A. Jim and Kate B. Jim’s and Kate’s C. Jim’s and Kate D. Jim and Kate’s ‎24. Do you want to play_____ tennis?‎ 191‎ ‎ ---Yes, I ______.‎ ‎ A.a,want B.the, do C.an, does D. /,do ‎25._______ does Tom like math?‎ ‎ Because _____ fun.‎ ‎ A.Why, it’s B.When, it C.Why, It’s D. When, it ‎ ‎ 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎ （A）‎ ‎( )26. Bill thinks comedies are ________.‎ A.funny B. boring C. sad ‎( )27. Devin doesn’t like _______. ‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C. comedies ‎( )28. Tim likes ________.‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎ ‎( )29. Jane likes ________.‎ ‎ A. comedies. B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎( )30.Bill likes_____________.‎ A. action movies B. comedies C.A and B 191‎ ‎(B)‎ Katen has two brothes,Dan and Andy, and one sister, Tina. Karen’s mother gets up at five thirty. She takes a shower and then she eats breakfast at six o’clock. Karen and Tina get up at six thirty, but Dan and Andy get up at eight thirty. Karen and Tina take showers in the moring, but Dan and Andy don’t. Karen, her mother, Dan and Andy watch Tv in the evening. Tina does her homework and goes to bed early.‎ 正确的写”A”，错误的写”B”.‎ ‎31.Karen’s mother gets up at six o’clock.‎ ‎32.Karen and Tina eat breakfast at six thirty.‎ ‎33.Karen, her mother,and her sister run in the morning.‎ ‎34. Dan and Andy don’t take showers in the morning.‎ ‎35.Tina watches Tv in the evening.‎ ‎( C )‎ Mr Cool’s Clothes Store Clothes Color Price socks white,blue ‎$4‎ pants black,red ‎$11‎ sweaters red,white ‎$8‎ T-shirt green,black ‎$7‎ hat black,red ‎$6‎ 191‎ 根据表格里的信息，选择答案。‎ ‎( )36. Which is the cheapest(最便宜的) of all?‎ ‎ A. Hat. B. T-shirt. C. Socks.‎ ‎( )37. How much are two pairs of pants and a ‎ hat?‎ ‎' A. $22. B.$28. C.$14.‎ ‎( )38. You can buy ____ in Mr. Cool's Clothes Store.‎ ‎ A. black pants B. a blue sweater ‎ C. a green hat ‎( )39. You like red and you only have $7. You ‎ can buy____.‎ ‎ A. a sweater B. a hat C. socks ‎( )40. You only have sixteen dollars. You can buy .‎ ‎ A. a sweater and a pair of pants ‎ B. two T-shirts and a pair of socks ‎ C. two sweaters ‎( D )‎ It is a fine Saturday morning. Lily and Lucy get up at six thirty. They want to go to the Great Wall（长城） with their mother. At seven fifty they are in a big bus to the Great Wall. There are forty people in it. Some of them are Americans; some are English. There are two Chinese in the bus, too. One is a woman. She is driving the bus. The other is a young man. He’s now talking about the Great Wall in English. They are listening to him. At about nine o’clock they get to the Great Wall.‎ ‎41 .Lily and Lucy want to go to the Great Wall ______.‎ A. in a fine day B. on Sunday morning ‎ C. on Saturday morning D. in a cloudy morning ‎42. There are ______ English people in the bus. ‎ A. forty B. two C.some D. few 191‎ ‎43. The young Chinese man is _______.‎ A. driving the bus B. talking to the people C. listening to him D. doing nothing ‎44. They get to the Great Wall at about ________.‎ A. nine o’clock B. seven fifty C. ten o’clock D. eight o’clock ‎45. There are two _______ in the bus.‎ A. Americans B. English girls C. Chinese D. Japanese girls 四.完形填空10% 。‎ ‎ This is a photo 46 a classroom. It’s a big room.In the photo, you can see a table, five 47 .You can see a teacher and two students, 48.‎ ‎ Three 49 are on the table. A pencil case is on the desk. Two pens and two rulers are in 50 pencil case. A backpack 51 behind a chair.‎ ‎ The teacher is Miss Gao. 52 is English teacher. One student is David.53 twelve. The other student is Simon. He is eleven.54 are in Class 2, Grade7. They are good friends. 55 math teacher is Mr. Green. He is not here.‎ ‎46.A.to B.of C.for D.in ‎ ‎47. A.desk and chair B.desks and chair C.desk and chairs D.desks and chairs ‎48. A.too B.please C.yes D.OK ‎49. A.book B.my books C.books D.the book ‎ ‎50. A.the B.a C.my D./‎ ‎51. A.am B.are C.is D.does ‎52. A.Her B. She’s C.Her’s D.She ‎53. A.He B.He’s C.His D.His’.‎ ‎54. A.He is B. She is C. They D.They’re ‎55. A.Hi B.Their C.Her D. They 191‎ 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎( ) 56. What’s you family name　______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 57. Is this your pen. Yes, it’s. ______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 58. What’s his name? He name is Li Lei. ____‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 59. It is a English book. _______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎ 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ ‎ (A)‎ A:Can I you? B:Yes, .I want a . ‎ A:What do you like? B:Blue.‎ A: you are. B:How is it?‎ A:$20. B:I’ll it.Thank you.‎ A:You’re .‎ ‎(B).‎ David: What club do you want join?‎ Lisa: We to join the chess .‎ David: Can you chess?‎ Lisa: No, I .‎ ‎(C)‎ A: this in English? B: a guitar.‎ A:How can you it?‎ B:G-U-I-T-A-R.‎ A: it?‎ 191‎ B:It’s behind the door.‎ A:Can you the guitar?‎ B:Yes,I can.‎ play basketball?‎ ‎--- Yes, he does. And he it very well.‎ ‎ （D）. ‎ 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎80.can,.play,they ,volleyball , 81. He ,at ,take ,seven ,shower , at, a ‎------------------------- --------------------------‎ ‎ ‎ ‎82.is,under,cat,the, box, the 83.doesn’t ,basketball ,Jack ,like ‎----------------------- ---------------------------------‎ 八.书面表达。8%‎ ‎ 请以Jane的身份写一封信给Lin Mei,告诉她关于你最喜欢的一天上学的日子（my favourite school day）的情况。字数50字左右。‎ ‎ ‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ ‎1-5 HKGJF 6-10 LBAIC 二．选择题。15%‎ 191‎ ‎11-15　DBCBB 16-20 DACCB 21-25 CBDDA 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎26-30　AACCC 31-35 BBBAB 36-40 CBABC 41-45 CCBAC 四.完形填空10% 。46-50 BDACA 51-55 CDBCB ‎ 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎56　C your 57 C it is 58 B his 59 B an 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ ‎60　help 61 please 62 sweater 63 color 64 Here 65 much ‎66 take 67 welcome 68 to 69 want 70 club ‎71 play 72 can’t 73 What’s 74 It’s 75 spell ‎76 Where’s 77 play 78 Does 79 plays 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎80　They can play volleyball.‎ 81 He takes a shower at seven.‎ 82 The cat is under the box..‎ 83 Jack doesn’t like basketball.‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO3 ‎ 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 从下列各题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎（ ）21. — When is Tom’s birthday?‎ ‎ — ___________ birthday is May 6th.‎ ‎ A. My B. Your C. His D. Her ‎（ ）22. I like these pants. ___________ nice.‎ ‎ A. It’s B. That’s C. You’re D. They’re ‎（ ）23. ___________ Lili and Yaoyao have lunch at school?‎ ‎ A. Do B. Does C. Is D. Are 191‎ ‎（ ）24. — Joy, can you sing for the school concert?‎ ‎ — Sorry, I can’t. ___________ I can play the piano.‎ ‎ A. And B. So C. But D. Or ‎（ ）25. — When do you have P.E. ?‎ ‎ —We have it ___________ Monday and Friday.‎ ‎ A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎（ ）26. — I like that red T-shirt. ___________ is it?‎ ‎ — It’s fifteen dollars.‎ ‎ A. How old B. How many ‎ C. How much D. How long ‎（ ）27. — What’s your sister’s favorite ___________?‎ ‎ — Red.‎ ‎ A. movie B. fruit C. food D. color ‎（ ）28. A lot of people don’t play sports. They only ___________ them on TV.‎ ‎ A. look B. watch C. read D. see ‎（ ）29. — Where are the socks?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. They’re on the bed. B. They’re $ 5.‎ ‎ C. I’ll take them. D. I can’t find them.‎ ‎（ ）30. — Can she speak Chinese?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn’t.‎ ‎ C. Yes, she is. D. No, she can’t.‎ ‎ ‎ 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的四个选项中，选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎（A）‎ ‎ Scott works very long hours. He usually gets up at 17:00. He brushes his ______31______ and has a shower. Then he eats his breakfast. What a funny time to 191‎ ‎ eat breakfast! ______32______ breakfast he plays his guitar, and then he goes to work. To get to work, he ______33______ the number 17 bus to a hotel. The bus usually takes him to work at 19:15. He works all ______34______. People love to listen to him! He gets home at 7:00, and he watches morning TV. He goes to bed at 8:30. Can you think ______35______ his job is?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）31. A. feet B. teeth C. shoes D. clothes ‎（ ）32. A. At B. With C. Before D. After ‎（ ）33. A. takes B. goes C. gets D. wants ‎（ ）34. A. evening B. afternoon C. morning D. night ‎（ ）35. A. how B. why C. what D. when ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Cinderella lives with a very mean （冷酷的） family. She has to do all the housework. She makes the beds. She does the dishes. She ______36______ the meals. She even takes ______37______ the garbage （垃圾）.‎ ‎ One day the family goes to a ______38______ at the prince’s palace （皇宫）. Cinderella is ______39______. She says, “I want to go and dance, too! ”‎ ‎ Suddenly a fairy princess comes and says, “I can ______40______ you. ” She gives Cinderella a party dress and a pair of glass ______41______. Then she says, “Come home early. My magic ends at midnight. I’m just learning this job. ”‎ ‎ Cinderella goes to the party and ______42______ with the prince. She forgets about ______43______. Then she sees a clock. It is almost midnight. Cinderella ______44______ home, but she loses one of her glass shoes on the way.‎ ‎ The prince wants to marry Cinderella, but all he has is the glass shoe. Many women try on the shoe, but it doesn’t fit. The prince ______45______, “Everyone has such big feet!” Then one day, Cinderella tries it on, and it fits!‎ ‎ The prince and Cinderella get married, and they live happily ever after.‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎（ ）36. A. eats B. cooks C. buys D. gives ‎（ ）37. A. with B. up C. in D. out ‎（ ）38. A. party B. movie C. picnic D. concert ‎（ ）39. A. happy B. sad C. excited D. tired ‎（ ）40. A. see B. take C. help D. bring ‎（ ）41. A. shoes B. hats C. pants D. gloves ‎（ ）42. A. sings B. dances C. plays D. talks ‎（ ）43. A. clothes B. food C. music D. time ‎（ ）44. A. goes B. walks C. runs D. gets ‎（ ）45. A. thinks B. hopes C. finds D. knows 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面A、B、C三篇短文。根据短文内容从每题所给的四个选项中，选出最佳选项（A）‎‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Sale ‎ ‎ Welcome to Little Star Clothes Store.‎ ‎ ‎ We have T ‎-‎ shirts in all colors for 15 yuan each.‎ ‎ ‎ Do you like sweaters? They are only 50 yuan.‎ ‎ ‎ Come and see for yourself.‎ ‎ ‎ You can buy anything on ‎-‎ line ‎ www. LittleStar@td. com.‎ ‎ ‎ Telephone number: 88340921‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）46. You can buy a red T-shirt for ___________ yuan.‎ ‎ A. twenty B. fifteen C. fifty D. thirty ‎（ ）47. You play basketball well and want to join the sports team. Please call ___________.‎ ‎ A. 86743169 B. 88340921 C. 87652390 D. 85347219‎ ‎（ ）48. The movie Harry Potter and the Goblet of fire is very ___________.‎ ‎ A. funny B. interesting C. exciting D. scary ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Donald Duck was born on June 9, 1934. Now he is 71 years old. He is the oldest duck in the world. He is very funny. He makes a lot of people laugh again and again. Children around the world all like him.‎ ‎ He first appears （出现） in the cartoon The Wise Little Hen. The little hen works very hard. But Donald Duck and his friend Peter Pig do not want to work. Then the little her gives them a lesson. She tells them that work is important.‎ ‎ Donald is like a little man in a big world. He has a good heart. He wants to help others. But things always go wrong for him. He doesn’t like it. He gets angry easily.‎ 191‎ ‎ Then his girl friend Daisy comes to help him. So he tries it again. He thinks there must be a better way to do things. But he does not know another way. It does not matter what other people think of him.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）49. Children like Donald Duck because he is ___________.‎ ‎ A. old B. funny C. friendly D. little ‎（ ）50. The underlined word “them” refers to （指的是） ___________.‎ ‎ A. children B. Donald Duck and Daisy ‎ C. people D. Donald Duck and Peter Pig ‎（ ）51. Which sentence about Donald Duck is NOT true?‎ ‎ A. He doesn’t want to work.‎ ‎ B. He doesn’t have any friends.‎ ‎ C. He makes people laugh again and again.‎ ‎ D. He is angry when he does something wrong.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（C）‎ Which is better, Radio or Television?‎ ‎ About fifty years ago, when television first came out, people thought that radio was no longer useful. Television has both sounds （声音） and pictures. It is much more real and interesting to watch television than to listen to the radio.‎ ‎ However, fifty years later radio is still very popular and it will be here for a long time. One reason is that we don’t need to see pictures when we listen to the music on the radio. In fact, listening with your eyes closed is the best way to listen to a piece of music. You can think yourself on a sandy beach or up high on a mountain. In other words, you can create (make) your own pictures.‎ ‎ Moreover, while listening to the radio, you don’t have to take your eyes off your ‎ 191‎ work. For example, you can listen to the radio and drive at the same time. Or you can read a book and listen to the radio. Televlsion, on the other hand, doesn’t have this advantage （优势）.‎ ‎ A radio is much smaller than a television. You can take a radio anywhere and turn it on anytime you want. In a quiet place you can use headphones to listen to the news or music on the radio. In this way （用这种方式） you won’t disturb （打扰） anybody. Moreover, a radio is much cheaper than a television. For less than $ 20 you can buy a small radio and have fun with it.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）52. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. Music. B. Sound. C. Television. D. Radio.‎ ‎（ ）53. It’s more interesting to watch TV because ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can make their own pictures ‎ B. people can drive while watching it ‎ C. it has both sounds and pictures ‎ D. it’s the best way to listen to music ‎（ ）54. People use headphones in a quiet place because ___________.‎ ‎ A. they don’t want to listen to the news ‎ B. they don’t want to disturb others ‎ C. they can close their eyes ‎ D. they can read a book ‎（ ）55. We learn from the passage that ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can take a radio anywhere ‎ B. people can see pictures on the radio ‎ C. a radio is bigger than a television ‎ D. the radio is about 50 years old 191‎ ‎ ‎ 一. 根据句意，从方框中选择恰当的单词填空，注意大小写和词形变化。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ and , work , about , take , excuse , sale ‎ 1. I like music. How ___________ you, Linda?‎ ‎ 2. ___________ me. Are you Mr White from America?‎ ‎ 3. My brother often ___________ a shower at seven o’clock.‎ ‎ 4. Oh, look at those green shorts. They are on ___________ for just $ 25!‎ ‎ 5. The basketball game is Oct. 10th ___________ the school trip is Oct. 25th.‎ ‎ 6. My father usually goes to ___________ at eight o’clock in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ 二. 根据所给标点符号，将每组单词按照正确的顺序组成句子。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. like , we , very , bananas , much ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 2. have , a , do , computer , you ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 3. birthday, June , his , mother’s , is , 29th ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 4. these , pants , are , how much , orange ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 5. movies , kind of , do , they , what , like ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 6. go to see , Beijing Opera , he , not , on , does , weekends , often ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ ‎ 三. 根据对话内容，完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ A： Hi, can I help you?‎ 191‎ ‎ B： Yes, please. I want to _____1_____ the music club.‎ ‎ A： Good. Can I have your _____2_____?‎ ‎ B： John Smith.‎ ‎ A： How _____3_____ are you?‎ ‎ B： Twelve.‎ ‎ A： Can you sing?‎ ‎ B： _____4_____, a little. I like singing and dancing.‎ ‎ A： Do you have an _____5_____ address?‎ ‎ B： Yes, it’s cindyj@pep. com. cn.‎ ‎ A： Great. _____6_____ a lot.‎ ‎ B： Thank you.‎ ‎ ‎ 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题。（可以用完整句子回答，也可简答）（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ December 25th is Christmas Day. In most countries it is the most important （重要的） day in the year. All the people come back to their homes. On Christmas Day bells ring everywhere. The ringing bell tells people Christmas is coming. People sing and dance day and night. They all have a good time.‎ ‎ Most families buy a Christmas tree for their children. And there are some presents in the tree here and there. People also put presents in children’s stockings （长统袜）. In many places, Father Christmas himself brings presents to them. He is a kind man and in red clothes. There is a big bag on his back. In it there are a lot of presents.‎ ‎ On Christmas Day people enjoy all kinds of food. But some poor people have no houses to live in and have no food to eat. They die of cold and hunger ‎ 191‎ ‎（死于饥寒交迫） on Christmas Day.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 1. Is Christmas the most important festival in the year in most countries?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 2. What does the ringing bell tell people?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 3. What can you find in the Christmas tree?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 4. Who brings presents to children?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 5. Do all the people enjoy all kinds of food on Christmas Day?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ ‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）‎ ‎ 假如你是李华，请根据表格的内容，完成下列任务：‎ ‎ （A）填写相应的信息（单词或词组）。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. _____________‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. _____________‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. _____________‎ Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. _____________‎ What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. _____________‎ What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. _____________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ （B）请你根据上述所填写的表格内容，给你的美国笔友Jim写一封短信，可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Dear __________‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes, ‎ ‎_________ ‎ ‎ ‎ 试题答案 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共10分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. D 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 31. B 32. D 33. A 34. D 35. C 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. B 40. C ‎ 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. A 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ ‎ 46. B 47. C 48. C 49. B 50. D 51. B 52. D 53. C 54. B 55. A 191‎ 语言综合运用（共35分）‎ 一. 选词填空（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. about 2. Excuse 3. takes 4. sale 5. and 6. work 二. 连词成句（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. We like bananas very much.‎ ‎ 2. Do you have a computer?‎ ‎ 3. His mother’s birthday is June 29th.‎ ‎ 4. How much are these orange pants?‎ ‎ 5. What kind of movies do they like?‎ ‎ 6. He does not often go to see Beijing Opera on weekends.‎ 三. 完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ 1. join 2. name 3. old 4. Yes 5. e-mail (email) 6. Thanks 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. Yes, it is.‎ ‎ 2. Christmas is coming.‎ ‎ 3. We can find presents.‎ ‎ 4. Father Christmas brings presents to children.‎ ‎ 5. No. (No, not all people. Some people don’t have food to eat.)‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）（A）填写相应的信息。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. 12 (twelve)‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. 7 (seven)‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. music Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. relaxing What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. sing songs What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. basketball ‎ （B）根据上面表格内容，请你给你在美国的笔友Jim写一封短信，信的内容可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Possible Version 191‎ Dear Jim,‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ My name is Li Hua. I am 12 years old. I usually go to school around seven o’clock. My favorite subject is music. I think it’s relaxing and I really like my music teacher, Miss Wang. She is very nice. I can sing songs and play the drums in music class. Can you play the drums? What’s your favorite subject? I also like sports and I often play basketball after class. What about you?‎ Yours, ‎ ‎ Li Hua ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO4‎ 一、词汇（15分）‎ A．根据首字母填词（5分）‎ ‎1. There is o______ one telephone in my home.‎ ‎2. Is she good at d________ pictures?‎ 191‎ ‎3. Ma Lin and Mang Nam are good table tennis p___________.‎ ‎4. Mrs Smith is very W _______ . She can’t find her purse.‎ ‎5. I don’t like my aunt. She is not f _________.‎ B．根据括号内的中文填词（5分）‎ ‎1. Skating is my ________ (最爱) sport.‎ ‎2. Don’t _______ (跟随)me.‎ ‎3. She is learning Chinese ________ (医学) in her room.‎ ‎4 . Lucy and Lily are Listening to their teacher ___________ (仔细).‎ ‎5. His school isn’t far from his home. But he has a ________ (问题).‎ C．根据所给单词的适当形式填空。（5分）‎ ‎1. I like doing some ________ (clean) in the morning.‎ ‎2. Mr Green is a good teacher. He is very _________ (help).‎ ‎3. Mr Brown works in a ________ (child) hospital in Chongqing.‎ ‎4. Please look at the two photos. Can you find any _________ (different)?‎ ‎5. These _______ (Canada) can speak some French.‎ 二、单项选择（20分）‎ ‎( )1. The paper plane is ________ the tree. It’s too ________.‎ A. on, high B. in, tall C. on, tall D. in, high ‎( )2. They ______ their homework in the evening.‎ A. don’t do B. don’t C. do, not D. not do ‎( )3. Tom and Lily learn _______ each other and help each other.‎ A. of B. at C. from D. to ‎( )4. There are many _______ in the fridge.‎ A. bottle apple juice B. bottles of apple juice C. bottle of apples juice D. bottle of apple juice ‎( )5. _______ is his English teacher.‎ A. Some of the men B. One of the man C. One of the men D. One of man ‎( )6. These are ____ and _____ rooms.‎ A. Lily, Lucy’s B. Lily’s, Lucy’s C. Lily’s, Lucy D. Lily, Lucy ‎ 191‎ ‎( )7. I can see only one sock. Where’s my _______ one ?‎ A. others B. other C. the other D. the others ‎( )8. There is something wrong _______ my bike. Can you help me?‎ A. of B. with C. in D. for ‎( )9. Li Ping’s Uncle isn’t a worker ________ a doctor. He’s a postman.‎ A. and B. but C. or D. no ‎( )10. How old is Miss Lin? Do you know?‎ ‎ —— Sorry, I don’t know. But she is not old. She ______.‎ A. look young B. looks fine C. looks very young D. is not young ‎( )11. There is not _________ in the purse.‎ A. some money B. some money’s C. any money D. any moneys ‎( )12. It’s time to go to school. Let ___________.‎ A. he go B. him go C. he to go D. him to go ‎( )13. Are you and Li Lei in the same school? -- _________‎ A. Yes, he is B. Yes, We are C. Yes, they are D. Yes, I am ‎( )14. Wang Hai goes to school _______ every morning.‎ A. in, car B. in, bus C. by a bus D. by bus ‎( )15. ____does Lily like England and ____ does she like about England?‎ A. How, how B. What, what C. What, how D. How,what ‎( )16. _____ do the doctors do ______ your machines? Oh, a lot of things.‎ A. How, of B. What, on C. What, with D. How, for ‎( )17. Hi, Mary. Here’s a post card ________ you, Who is it _________?‎ A. to, for B. for, from C. for, for D. to, to ‎( )18. That is ______ old photo of _______ Green family. It’s a family of three people.‎ A. am, / B. the, / C. the, a D. an, the ‎( )19. There is no orang in the bottle. Would you like ______ to drink?‎ A. Something else B. else something C. else D. something 191‎ ‎( )20. He doesn’t want red flowers. He want _______.‎ ‎ A. purple ones B. purple one C. the purple D. purple 三、用所给的动词的适当形式填空 ‎1. Li Ping, _______ (not be) late next time, please.‎ ‎2. What about __________ (run) up the tree?‎ ‎3. Listen! Some one _______ (sing) in the next room.‎ ‎4. Let’s ______ (play) class after school.‎ ‎5. He ______ (do) his homework in the evening. But he ______ (not do) it at this time.‎ ‎6. He usually likes _____ (dance), but he’d like ________ (go)fishing today.‎ ‎7. ______ (walk)is good for health.‎ ‎8. They must ________ (work) hard at English.‎ 四、句型转换。（10分）‎ ‎1. Can you help him?(同义句转换)‎ ‎ Can you _______ _______ _______ ________ ?‎ ‎2. They work six days a week. (同上)‎ ‎ They work ________ Monday _______ Saturday.‎ ‎3. He goes to work in a car. (同上)‎ ‎ He _______ a ________ to work.‎ ‎4. It takes 7 hours by plane?(划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ does it take by plane?‎ ‎5. He usually gets up at 5:30 in the morning.(现在进行时)‎ ‎ He ________ ________ ________ now.‎ ‎6. The meat is twelve yuan a kilo. (划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ is the meat a kilo？‎ ‎7. Throw it like this, please.(否定祈使句)‎ ‎ ______ _____ ________ like this, please.‎ ‎8. He isn’t good at math. He ________ _______ well in math.‎ 五、完成句子（10分）‎ 191‎ ‎1．让我们谈谈这幅图片。Let’s _______ _______ the picture.‎ ‎2．现在轮到你扫了，吉姆。It’s ______ _______ ______ ______ now,Jim.‎ ‎3．我完成家庭作业需要2小时。‎ ‎ It ______ _______ two hors _____ finish my homework.‎ ‎4．谁教我们法语？Who _______ _________ French?‎ ‎5．他们拼命干活挣钱。They work hard to ________ _______.‎ ‎6．请明天将英汉字典归还给我。‎ ‎ Please ______ the English Chinese ______ _______ to me tomorrow.‎ ‎7．你们为什么不看央视新闻？ ______ _______ you watch CCTV news?‎ ‎8．别担心，学英语要花时间。 Don’t worry. _______English _____ ____.‎ 六、完型填空（10分）‎ I’m always very busy (忙的) every day. I usually 1 up early at 6:30 in the morning. But 2 . I’m still sleepy (睡着的) . I put on my clothes, I wash my hands 3 face…Do this! Do that. 4 I have my 5 . I go go school. I usually leave home at 7:00. At school we all study 6 . We study English. Chinese, maths and so on (等等). 7 noon (中午) I get home and have lunch. At 1:30 I go to school again. Sometimes we play 8 football in the afternoon. I go home at 4:30. In the evening I do 9 homework. I go to bed at 10:00 and I go to sleep (入睡) very 10 .‎ ‎( )1. A. get B. gets C. getting D. getting ‎( )2. A. often B. usually C. sometimes D. always ‎( )3. A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎( )4. A. Before B. After C. When D. If ‎( )5. A. lunch B. supper C. breakfast D. meal ‎( )6. A. easy B. different C. difficult D. hard ‎( )7. A. on B. On C. at D. At ‎( )8. A. the B. × C. a D. an ‎( )9. A. many B. a lot of C. any D. a lot ‎( )10. A. next B. soon C. first D. last 七、阅读理解（20分）‎ ‎(A)‎ 191‎ It’s Sunday. There are many people in the bus. And an old man is looking here and there. He wants to find an empty seat(座位). Then he finds one. He goes to it. A small bag is on the seat. And a young man is sitting beside it.‎ ‎“Is this seat empty?” asks the old man.‎ ‎“No, it’s for a woman. She goes to buy some bananas.” Says the young man.‎ ‎“Well,” says the old man, “Let me sit here please. When she comes back, I will(将) leave here.”‎ The bus starts(启动).‎ ‎“She doesn’t come, but her bag is here. Let me give her the bag.” Then the old man throws the bag out of the bus window.‎ The young man jumps up and shouts, “Don’t throw! It’s my bag!”‎ ‎( )1. The old man wants to find an empty seat _____. ‎ A. in the room B. in the bus C. beside the driver D. in a car ‎( )2. The old man finds an empty seat. He goes there and finds there is ____ on it.‎ A. a man B. woman C. a bag D. a coat ‎( )3. The young man says the seat is for ________.‎ A. a man B. a woman C. a boy D. a girl ‎( )4. The bus starts. The old man ______.‎ ‎ A. asks the woman to sit on the seat B. takes the bag to the woman C. throws the bag to the young man D. throws the bag out of the window ‎( )5. The bag is ________. The young man doesn’t want the old man to throw it away.‎ A. the woman’s B. the old man’s C. the driver’s D. the young man’s ‎(B)‎ Four friends live in a small town. Their names are Cook, Miller, Smith, and Carter. They have different jobs. One is a policeman, one is a carpenter, one is a farmer, one is a doctor. One day Cook’s sonbroke his right leg, and Cook took him to 191‎ ‎ the doctor. The doctor’s sister is Smith’s wife. The farmer isn’t married(结婚). He has a lot of good hens. Miller always buys eggs from the farmer. The policeman sees Smith every day for they are neighbours.‎ ‎( )1. Who is farmer?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Carter D. Miller ‎( )2. Cook’s son is taken to _______.‎ A. Miller B. Smith C. Smith’s wife D. Carter ‎( )3. If you need, you can get ______ to repair (修理)your desk.‎ A. Cook B. Carter C. Miller D. Smith ‎( )4. Smith’s neighbour is ________.‎ A. the doctor’s wife B. Smith C. Carter D. Cook ‎( )5. Who is a policeman?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Miller D. cart ‎(C)‎ Wang Ping and Wang Bin are the twins. They are students. They go to school five days a week. They don’t have classes on Saturday and Sundays.‎ Today is Sunday. They want to go to the shop. Wang Ping wants to buy(买) a pen and Wang Bin wants to buy a pencil—box. In the shop there are many nice things and a lot of people . Some of them buy apples and bananas. And some of them buy food and clothes. The people in the shop are very friendly. Wang Ping and Wang Bin are very glad(高兴)to come back home with their things.‎ ‎( )1. The twins go to school from Monday to Friday.‎ ‎( )2. They go to the shop on Sunday.‎ ‎( )3. Wang Bin wants to buy a pen.‎ ‎( )4. The twins want to buy some food, too.‎ ‎( )5. They are very glad today.‎ ‎(D)‎ It is in autumn(秋天). A young man comes to a forest(森林). He’s walking beside the forest. On his right is a river. On his left is the forest. Suddenly(突然)he 191‎ ‎ sees two green eyes looking at him from the trees. A tiger(老虎)is getting ready(准备)to jump on him.‎ What does he do? He must jump into the river. But in the river there is a big crocodile(鳄鱼). Its mouth(嘴)is very big. The young man closes his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger is now in the mouth of the crocodile.‎ ‎( )1. When does the story take place(发生)? ______.‎ A. In winter B. In spring C. In summer D. In autumn ‎( )2. Where is he walking? _______.‎ A. Near the river B. Beside a forest C. By the river D. Be the lake ‎( )3. What does he see looking at him? _______.‎ A. Two green eyes B. A tiger C. A crocodile D. A man ‎( )4. Does he close his eyes at first(起初)? _________.‎ A. Yes, he does B. No, he does not C. Yes, he must D. No, he mustn’t ‎( )5. What does the man see at last(最后)?__________.‎ ‎ A. The tiger is in the mouth of the crocodile B. The crocodile is in the mouth of the tiger C. A fish in the mouth of the crocodile D. A ship is in the mouth of the crocodile 八、短文填空（10分）‎ The children are P 1 games in the park. They are having a good t 2 . It’s four o’clock now. And it’s time to go h 3 . Miss Gao begins to C 4 the children’s name. “Tom!” “I’m h 5 ,” Tom answers. “Han Meimei!” “Yes,” answers Han Meimei. “Liu Ming!” There’s no a 6 . “Liu Ming” Miss Gao calls again. “W 7 Liu Ming ?” Miss Gao asks. The children don’t k 8 .‎ Well, Liu Ming is behind a big tree! He’s eating a big apple. He doesn’t w 9 to let the other children know. Could Miss Gao f 10 him?‎ ‎1 ________ 2 __________ 3 __________ 4 __________ 5 _____________‎ ‎6 ________ 7 ___________ 8 __________ 9___________ 10 ___________‎ 191‎ 答 案:‎ 一、A. only drowing players worried friendly B. favoutite follow medicine carefully problem C. cleaning helpful children’s differences Canadians 二、1-5 DACBC 6-10 BCBCC 11-15 CBBDD 16-20 CBDAA 三、1.don’t be 2. running 3. is singing 4. play 5. cloes/isn’t doing 6.dancing to to ‎ ‎7. Walking 8.work 四、1. give him a hand 2. from, to 3. takes car 4. How long 5. is getting up ‎ ‎ 6. How much 7. Don’t throw it 8. doesn’t do 五、1. talk about 2. your turn to clean 3. takes me to 4. teaches us ‎5. make money 6. give back to 7. Why don’t 8. learning takes time 六、1-5 ACABC 6-10 DDBBB 七、(A) BCBDD (B) CADDA (C) TTFFT (D) DBBAA 八、playing, time,home,call,here,answer,where’s,know,want,find ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO5‎ 第一卷选择题（50分）‎ I．单项选择。（每小题1分，计15分）‎ ‎ ( )1. This is _________ alarm clock.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎ ( )2. We don’t like_________.‎ ‎ A. broccoli B. broccolis C. a broccoli D. broccolies ‎ ( )3. _________. Is this your pen?‎ ‎ A. Sorry B. Hello C. Excuse me D. Hi ‎ ( )4. Do you have two ________?‎ ‎ A. tennis racket B. tennis rackets 191‎ ‎ C. tennis’ racket D. tennis’ rackets ‎ ( )5. He _________ his homework at school.‎ ‎ A. doesn’t do B. don’t does ‎ ‎ C. isn’t do D. does not ‎ ( )6. ________this your guitar?‎ A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Do ‎ ( ) 7. Let’s _________ now.‎ ‎ A. go to home B. to go home C. go home D. to go to ( ) 8. How much are these shoes? _________ twenty dollars.‎ ‎ A. Are B. There C. They’re D. Their ‎ ( ) 9. My father usually________ a shower _________the morning.‎ ‎ A. take; in B. takes; in C. take; on D. takes; at ‎ ( )10. ________you play the violin?‎ ‎ A. Are B. Can C. Is D. When ‎ ( )11 ---This is my sister Ann.‎ ‎ ---Is _____ a student?‎ A. she B. he C. her D. his ‎ ( )12. I ________ two baseballs and my friend ________five baseballs.‎ ‎ A. have; have B. have; has C. has; have D. has; has ‎ ( ) 13. ---Is that your book?‎ ‎ ---Yes, ________.‎ ‎ A. it is B. it isn’t C. it’s D. this is ‎ ( )14. Miss Wei often helps us ________ our English.‎ ‎ A. at B. in C. of D. with ‎ ‎ ‎ ( )15. I want __________ the music club.‎ ‎ A. join B. to join C. joins D. be join II．从A、B、C、D中选择最恰当的选项填进文章中去，你会读到一个有意思的故 191‎ 事。（15分）‎ I like my Chinese teacher very much. He is a 16 man, about 25 years old. He is tall 17 black short hair. He is a very humorous(幽默的) person. He often 18 us jokes(笑话) and 19 to make our class more 20 . In class, he is a very 21 teacher. If we don’t listen to him carefully, he will give us some punishment(惩罚) by 22 us some questions. But after class, he becomes a very good 23 of us. He often talks with the girls and plays 24 with the boys. All of us really like him. He is our 25 teacher.‎ ‎( )16. A. old B. young C. very old D. aged ‎( )17. A. and B. for C. with D. at ‎( )18. A. tells B. says C. speaks D. speak ‎( )19. A. a story B. storys C. story D. stories ‎( )20 A. tired B. difficult C. interesting D. boring ‎( )21. A. busy B. strict C. interested D. well home ‎( )22. A. ask B. asks C. asking D. asked ‎( )23. A. teacher B. teachers C. friend D. friends ‎( )24. A. a basketball B. the basketball C. basketballs D. basketball ‎ ‎( )25. A. favorite B. the favorite C. favoritest D. a favorite III．经过一学期的英语学习，你的阅读理解能力一定有了很大提高。(20分)‎ A Dear Mr. Wang,‎ ‎ Someone comes to the office to see you in the morning, but you and your wife are out. He comes here at 10am. Because he is very busy, he goes away half an hour later. He tells me that he is your classmate at college(大学). Now he teaches Chinese in a high school(高中) in this city and he lives near the No. 6 Middle School. He is a very tall man with short hair. He wears a pair of glasses. He tells me his telephone number is 33426685. He is often at home at 7:00 pm. So you can call him in the evening.‎ 191‎ ‎( )26. The author(作者) writes this note(便条) to ______.‎ A. Mr. Wang B. Mr. Wang’s wife C. Mr. Wang’s classmate D. me ‎( )27. Mr. Wang’s classmate is __________. ‎ A. a teacher B. a worker C. a farmer D. an actor ‎( )28. When is Mr. Wang’s classmate often at home?‎ A. In the morning B. In the afternoon. C. At 7:00pm. D. We don’t know.‎ ‎( )29. How long does Mr. Wang’s classmate stay in the office?‎ A. Ten hours. B. An hour. C. Two hours. D. Half an hour.‎ ‎( )30. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. Mr. Wang and his wife are classmates. ‎ ‎ B. Mr. Wang’s classmate is short.‎ C. Mr. Wang goes out with Mrs. Wang in the morning.‎ D. Mr. Wang’s classmate meets Mr. Wang in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ B I will never forget my first English class. It is very interesting. It’s the first class in the morning. The teacher goes into the classroom with a smile on his face. At the beginning, he makes a self-introduction(自我介绍). And he tells us that his English name is John. Then he asks all of us to think of English names for ourselves. We are very excited(兴奋的) to find a good name. Then he asks us to write our names down on a piece of paper. I think about my English name for a long time. Then I come up with(想出) a beautiful name ---Shirley. All the students write their names down and give the paper to the teacher. When the teacher calls “Shirley” to answer his question, three girls stand up at the same time.‎ ‎( )31. What do we do in the first English class?‎ A. Tell the teacher our Chinese names. B. Find English names for ourselves.‎ C. See an English film. D. Draw pictures.‎ ‎( )32. What does our teacher do first?‎ A. He asks every student to make a self-introduction.‎ 191‎ B. He introduces(介绍) himself to all of us.‎ C. He asks us many difficult questions D. He tells us a story.‎ ‎( )33. What’s the English name of our English teacher?‎ A. Jack. B. Shirley C. John. D. Tom.‎ ‎( )34. Where do we write down our English names?‎ A. On the blackboard. B. On the desk.‎ C. On our hands. D. On the paper.‎ ‎( )35. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The teacher gives every student an English name.‎ B. Our teacher is a young girl.‎ C. Three girls choose(选择)the name “Shirley”.‎ D. The teacher calls our Chinese names in class.‎ IV 单词拼写（每小题1分，共10分）。‎ ‎36. My mother and father are my p______________.‎ ‎37. I’m a student. I do my h______________ every day.‎ ‎38. C____________ is our homeland(祖国).‎ ‎39. E____________ me, is this your pen?‎ ‎40. Bill’s pants are long, but Emma’s pants are s____________.‎ V选词填短文（15分）‎ song paint classmate .play Saturday sing friend music swim same different picture ‎ I have four good __41____. They’re Jennifer, Victor, Cindy and Leila. We are in the _42____ class. So we’re _43______ too. Jennifer swims very well, she wants to join the ___44____ club. Then she can swim on ___45____or Sundays. Victor wants to join the art club because he is good at __46______. Cindy is a pop music fan. She can sing a lot of __47___. So she wants to join the __48____ club. Leila wants to join the music club because she __49____ the violin very well. And she wants to be a ___50____ when she grows up(长大). I like them.‎ 191‎ VI任务性阅读（10分）‎ My name is Tommy Wang. T-O-M-M-Y, Tommy, W-A-N-G, Wang. I am a Chinese boy. My telephone number is 85523963. My telephone is white. Look! This is my pencil box. ① It’s big and beautiful. It’s white. What’s in it? This is ② ________ eraser. It’s white. This is a pencil. It’s white. ③ This is a ruler. It’s white, too. I like white. I like green, too. Look! ④ My schoolbag is green. My notebook is green, too. But my favorite color is white.‎ ‎　 This is my good friend. His name is John. ⑤ He is English. Linda is John’s sister. I like my friend. Like English.‎ ‎51. 把第①处黑体字部分的句子译成汉语。_________________________________________‎ ‎52. 在第②处填入一个适当的冠词。 _____________________________________________‎ ‎53. 把第③处黑体字部分的句子改成复数。 ______________________________________‎ ‎54. 就第④处黑体字部分句子的划线部分提问。 _________________________________‎ ‎55. 将第⑤处黑体字部分的句子改为同义句。______________________________________‎ ‎ VI.书面表达（共15分）‎ 请根据下列提示，写一篇10句话（大约50-70个字左右）的自我介绍。‎ ‎（1）我叫Frank, 今年14岁，是一名Guang Ming Middle School的学生；‎ ‎ （2）可参照以下句型：I can ….‎ ‎ I like ….‎ ‎ My favorite… is/are ….‎ ‎ My hobby is …/ My hobbies are ….‎ ‎ I go to school ….‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 七年级英语参考答案 I 1—15 BACBA BCCBB ABADB II 16—25 BCADC BCCDA 191‎ III A: 26—30 AACDCB: 31—35 BBCDC IV36parents37homework38China39Excuse40short V 41friends 42same 43classmates 44swimming 45Saturdays 46painting 47songs ‎48singing49plays50musician VI 51. 它大又漂亮。　　 52. an　　　 53. These are rulers.‎ ‎54. What color is your schoolbag?　　55. He comes from England.‎ ‎2012年人教版七年级初一上册英语期末测试题及答案NO6‎ I、单项选择 1. This is a girl. _________ name is Kate. A. She 　B. Her 　C. Its 　D. His 2. I can see four _________ on the table. A. cake 　B. a cake 　C. cakes 　D. the cake 3. Mr Green has three _______: Jim, Jeff and Jean. A. sons 　B. daughters 　C. twins 　D. children 4. Mum, ______ is my friend, Li Lei. Li Lei, ________ is my mother. A. he; she 　B. she; he 　C. this; this 　D. this; that 5. "What's that ___________ English?" "I don't know." A. in 　B. on 　C. for 　D. at 6. ________, Jim. Can you colour it red? A. Sorry 　B. I'm sorry 　C. Excuse me 　D. Thank you 7. Ann! That bag ________ yours. A. looks after 　B. looks like 　C. look like 　D. looks 8. It's time for bed. Please ________ your shoes and clothes, Tom. A. put on 　B. look after 　C. look at 　D. take off 9. We can see a boy, a girl ________ a man in that room. A. or 　B. but 　C. too 　D. and ‎ 191‎ ‎10. Tom is ________ brother. A. Lucy and Lily's    B. Lucy's and Lily C. Lucy's and Lily's  D. Lucy and Lily II．选择正确的对话语序 11.①Which woman?      ②Who's that woman?    ③She's my teacher. ④The one on the red bike.    A. ①②③④ 　B. ①③②④ 　C. ②③①④ 　D. ②①④③ 12.①No, it isn't. ②It's a jeep. ③What's that? ④Is it yours?    A. ④①③② 　B. ②④①③ 　C. ③②④① 　D. ④①②③ 13.①Great! Let's go and have a look. ②What's in it?    ③Where's Tom?                     ④There's a tree house there.    ⑤He's up there in the tree with Bill.    ⑥In the tree? Why?    ⑦There's a small bed, a table and a clock.    A. ②⑦③⑤⑥④① 　B. ③⑤②⑦⑥④①    C. ④①②⑦③⑤⑥ 　D. ③⑤⑥④②⑦① III．阅读理解 ‎（A）‎ ‎　　My name is Ling Feng. I am a Chinese boy. At school I have a good friend, Mike. He is an English boy. He is twelve, but I am thirteen. We are in No. 5 Middle School. We are in the same grade, but we are in different (不同的) classes. Mike's sister is not a student. She is four. His mother can look after her at home. 根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正（T）误（F）： 14. Mike is Ling Feng's friend at school. 15. Ling Feng and Mike have the same age. 16. The two boys are in the same schools. ‎ 191‎ ‎17. Mike's sister is a student, too. 18. From this passage (从这篇短文中) , we can know the mother's name.‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎　　I have a good friend in my home. It is a bird. Its name is Polly. It's three. It is yellow and very beautiful (美丽). I play with it after school. My classmates-Ann and Kate often(时常) come to see it. Polly sings (唱歌) every day. I teach (教)it to sing the "ABC". Now it can sing the "ABC". I like it very much. 根据短文内容，回答问题。 19. Who is my friend? A. Polly. 　B. Ann. 　C. Mike. 　D. Kate. 20. Is Polly a bird? A. No, it is. 　B. No, it isn't. 　C. Yes, it is. 　D. Yes, it isn't. 21. How old is Polly? A. One. 　B. Five. 　C. Three. 　D. Four. 22. Who teaches (教) Polly to sing the "ABC"? A. I do. 　B. You do. 　C. She does. 　D. He does.23. Where's Polly? A. It's a school.          B. It's in my home. C. It's in the sky (天空).  D. It's in a tree.‎ ‎（C）‎ 191‎ ‎24. Ann is _______. A. Lucy's mother.   B. Sam's grandma C. Mike's grandpa   D. Kate's daughter 25. We call (叫) Ann Brown _______ now. A. Mrs Jim 　B. Miss Ann 　C. miss Brown 　D. Mrs Green 26. Kate is __________. A. Sam's mother 　B. Lucy's father 　C. Mike's sister 　D. Mike's brother 27. There are ______ people is Ann's family. A. four 　B. six 　C. eight 　D. two 28. Sue is ________. A. Lucy's aunt 　B. Jim's daughter 　C. Kate's sister 　D. Bill's sister IV、用所给词的适当形式填空 1. Li Lei ________ (be) at school. 2. There _________ (be) some books on the desk. 3. What's in __________ (Jim) room? 4. ___________ (come) and meet the family. 5. Where _________ (be) Lucy's shoes? 6. Let's _________ (look) at the map on the wall. 7. Miss Gao is ___________ (they) teacher. 8. It's time ___________ (go) to bed. 9. Kate is a new student. She's _________. (America) 10. Where are your _____________ (box)? V、用所给的疑问词（组）填空   what colour, what, how, how old, where, who, what class, which, how many, what time 1. ---________ are you in? ---I'm in Class 1. 2. ---__________ are you? ---I'm 13. 3. ---________ is one and two?  ---It's three. 4. ---__________ is the boy? ---He's my brother. ‎ 191‎ ‎5. ---__________ is Tom?  ---He's at home. 6. ---_____________ are you? ---I'm fine. 7. ---__________ is it?   ---It's red. 8. ---__________ girl?   ---The one in the white hat. 9. ---___________ kites can you see?   ---Ten. 10. ---___________ is it?  ---It's a quarter to nine. VI、（A）用所给词完成下列对话，每空一词。   no, sorry, number, speak, this, it A: Hello! May I _________ to Mr Liu?   B: Mr Liu? There is ________ Mr Liu here. Who is this, please?   A: ________ is Jack. Is ________ 62335676?   B: No. That's a wrong _________.   A: Oh, _________.   B: That's OK.   (dial again重播号)   B）用所给字母提示继续完成下列对话，每空一词。   C: H________!   A: Yes. Is that Mr Liu?   C: Jack. My friend Bill can't f_______ his gloves. Can you h_______ him find it?   C: Yes. Please c_______ to my room. There are a pair of (一副) gloves here. Maybe (或许) they are h________.   A: Good. We'll come soon. See y______ later.   C: Bye-bye.‎ 参考答案 选择题 1.B 2.C 3.D 4.C 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.D 9.D 10.A ‎ 191‎ ‎11.D 12.C 13.D 14.T 15.F 16.T 17.F 18.F 19.A 20.C 21.C 22.A 23.B 24.B 25.D 26.C 27.C 28.A 非选择题 IV、1. is 2. are 3. Jim's 4. Come 5. are 6. look 7. their 8. to go 9. American 10. boxes V. 1. What class 2. How old 3. What 4. Who 5. Where 6. How 7. What colour 8. Which 9. How many 10. What time VI. 1. speak 2. no 3. This 4. it 5. number 6. sorry 7. Hello 8. find 9. help 10. come 11. his 12. you ‎ 七年级（上）英语期末考试 听力部分20% ‎ I. 听录音，选择与所听句子意思相符的图画，念两遍（5分）‎ B C A E C B D 191‎ ‎1.________2.________ 3.__________ 4.________ 5.__________‎ II. 听录音，选择与所听对话意思相符的图画，对话念两遍。（5分）‎ ‎（A）　　　　　　　　　　（B）　　　　　 　　　（C）‎ ‎（D）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　（E）　　　　‎ ‎6.________7.________8._________ 9._________ 10._________‎ Ⅲ. 情景反应 ( 共5分)‎ ‎ 根据你听到的句子内容, 从下列每小题的三个选项中选出一个适当的答语. 每小题读两遍.‎ ‎ 11. A. Good morning, Cindy! B. Good evening, Meimei! C. Thank you ‎ 12. A. Yes, I am B. Hello, Dale C. I’m fine.‎ ‎ 13. A. No, I’m not B. Nice to meet you, too! C. Hello, Jack!‎ ‎14. A. Fine, thanks B. How are you? C. I’m five ‎ 15. A. Let’s go! B. No, it isn’t C. Thank you!‎ IV请听短文，完成表格。5%‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ 笔试100%‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ A.hamburger B.guitar C.backpack D.shirt E.bookcase F.watch TV G..swim H..Sally I..Lu Xun J..sweater K..speech contest L.comedy ‎1 2. 3. 4. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎5. 6. 7. 8. ‎ ‎ 9. 10 ‎ 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11.---Do you have a _____?--- Yes, I _____ at a clothes shop.‎ A.work, work B.work, job C. job, job, D.job, work.‎ ‎12．Maria likes thrillers, ____ she doesn’t like action movies.‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. because D.or ‎13．Please call Nick ____ 758-6584.‎ ‎ A. on B. in C. at D. under ‎14. What do you usually do____Saturday evening,?‎ A in B on C at D to ‎15. Jim ____a new bike.‎ A have 　　B has 　　C There is 　　　D there are ‎16. A: Can you play the guitar_____ ?B: No, I can't.‎ ‎ A good B bad C nice D well ‎17.Can you _____ the notebook to me?‎ 191‎ ‎ A.bring B.take C.takes D. brings ‎ ‎18--Let’s play computer games.‎ ‎ --Great! That sounds_______.‎ A.boring B.difficult C.interesting D. sad ‎ ‎19.Do you like green?‎ ‎---No, I don’t. My favorite ____is blue.‎ A.clothes B.colours C.color D.movies ‎ ‎20.______ do you go to the movies?‎ ‎ --- We go to the movies on weekdays.‎ ‎ A.Who B.When C.What time D.Why ‎ ‎21.Ben ______ P.E. He thinks it’s boring.‎ A. Likes B.don’tlike C.doesn’t like D.doesn’tlikes ‎ ‎22. I usually books in the morning.‎ A.look B.read C.watch D.see ‎23. Mr Green is _______ father.‎ A. Jim and Kate B. Jim’s and Kate’s C. Jim’s and Kate D. Jim and Kate’s ‎24. Do you want to play_____ tennis?‎ ‎ ---Yes, I ______.‎ ‎ A.a,want B.the, do C.an, does D. /,do ‎25._______ does Tom like math?‎ ‎ Because _____ fun.‎ ‎ A.Why, it’s B.When, it C.Why, It’s D. When, it ‎ ‎ 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎ （A）‎ ‎( )26. Bill thinks comedies are ________.‎ 191‎ A.funny B. boring C. sad ‎( )27. Devin doesn’t like _______. ‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C. comedies ‎( )28. Tim likes ________.‎ A. action movies B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎ ‎( )29. Jane likes ________.‎ ‎ A. comedies. B.thrillers C.Beijing Opera ‎( )30.Bill likes_____________.‎ A. action movies B. comedies C.A and B ‎( B)‎ Katen has two brothes,Dan and Andy, and one sister, Tina. Karen’s mother gets up at five thirty. She takes a shower and then she eats breakfast at six o’clock. Karen and Tina get up at six thirty, but Dan and Andy get up at eight thirty. Karen and Tina take showers in the moring, but Dan and Andy don’t. Karen, her mother, Dan and Andy watch Tv in the evening. Tina does her homework and goes to bed early.‎ 正确的写”A”，错误的写”B”.‎ ‎31.Karen’s mother gets up at six o’clock.‎ ‎32.Karen and Tina eat breakfast at six thirty.‎ ‎33.Karen, her mother,and her sister run in the morning.‎ ‎34. Dan and Andy don’t take showers in the morning.‎ ‎35.Tina watches Tv in the evening.‎ ‎( C )‎ Mr Cool’s Clothes Store Clothes Color Price socks white,blue ‎$4‎ pants black,red ‎$11‎ sweaters red,white ‎$8‎ T-shirt green,black ‎$7‎ hat black,red ‎$6‎ 191‎ 根据表格里的信息，选择答案。‎ ‎( )36. Which is the cheapest(最便宜的) of all?‎ ‎ A. Hat. B. T-shirt. C. Socks.‎ ‎( )37. How much are two pairs of pants and a ‎ hat?‎ ‎' A. $22. B.$28. C.$14.‎ ‎( )38. You can buy ____ in Mr. Cool's Clothes Store.‎ ‎ A. black pants B. a blue sweater ‎ C. a green hat ‎( )39. You like red and you only have $7. You ‎ can buy____.‎ ‎ A. a sweater B. a hat C. socks ‎( )40. You only have sixteen dollars. You can buy .‎ ‎ A. a sweater and a pair of pants ‎ B. two T-shirts and a pair of socks ‎ C. two sweaters ‎ ( D )‎ It is a fine Saturday morning. Lily and Lucy get up at six thirty. They want to go to the Great Wall（长城） with their mother. At seven fifty they are in a big bus to the Great Wall. There are forty people in it. Some of them are Americans; some are English. There are two Chinese in the bus, too. One is a woman. She is driving the bus. The other is a young man. He’s now talking about the Great Wall in English. They are listening to him. At about nine o’clock they get to the Great Wall.‎ ‎41 .Lily and Lucy want to go to the Great Wall ______.‎ A. in a fine day B. on Sunday morning ‎ C. on Saturday morning D. in a cloudy morning ‎42. There are ______ English people in the bus. ‎ A. forty B. two C.some D. few ‎43. The young Chinese man is _______.‎ A. driving the bus B. talking to the people C. listening to him D. doing nothing ‎44. They get to the Great Wall at about ________.‎ A. nine o’clock B. seven fifty C. ten o’clock D. eight o’clock 191‎ ‎45. There are two _______ in the bus.‎ A. Americans B. English girls C. Chinese D. Japanese girls 四.完形填空10% 。‎ ‎ This is a photo 46 a classroom. It’s a big room.In the photo, you can see a table, five 47 .You can see a teacher and two students, 48.‎ ‎ Three 49 are on the table. A pencil case is on the desk. Two pens and two rulers are in 50 pencil case. A backpack 51 behind a chair.‎ ‎ The teacher is Miss Gao. 52 is English teacher. One student is David.53 twelve. The other student is Simon. He is eleven.54 are in Class 2, Grade7. They are good friends. 55 math teacher is Mr. Green. He is not here.‎ ‎46.A.to B.of C.for D.in ‎ ‎47. A.desk and chair B.desks and chair ‎ C.desk and chairs D.desks and chairs ‎48. A.too B.please C.yes D.OK ‎49. A.book B.my books C.books D.the book ‎ ‎50. A.the B.a C.my D./‎ ‎51. A.am B.are C.is D.does ‎52. A.Her B. She’s C.Her’s D.She ‎53. A.He B.He’s C.His D.His’.‎ ‎54. A.He is B. She is C. They D.They’re 191‎ ‎55. A.Hi B.Their C.Her D. They 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎( ) 56. What’s you family name　______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 57. Is this your pen. Yes, it’s. ______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 58. What’s his name? He name is Li Lei. ____‎ ‎ A B C ‎( ) 59. It is a English book. _______.‎ ‎ A B C ‎ 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ A. ‎ ‎1.A:Can I 60 you?‎ B:Yes, 61 .I want a 62 . ‎ A:What 63 do you like?‎ B:Blue.‎ A: 64 you are.‎ B:How 65 is it?‎ A:$20.‎ B:I’ll 66 it.Thank you.‎ A:You’re __67______.‎ B.‎ David: What club do you want 68 join?‎ Lisa: We 69 to join the chess 70.‎ David: Can you 71 chess?‎ Lisa: No, I 72.‎ C A: 73 this in English? B: 74 a guitar.‎ A:How can you 75 it?‎ B:G-U-I-T-A-R.‎ A: 76 it?‎ B:It’s behind the door.‎ 191‎ A:Can you 77 the guitar?‎ B:Yes,I can.‎ ‎. ---_78___he like to play basketball?‎ ‎--- Yes, he does. And he 79___ it very well.‎ ‎ D. ‎ 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎80.can,.play,they ,volleyball , 81. He ,at ,take ,seven ,shower , at, a ‎------------------------- --------------------------‎ ‎ ‎ ‎82.is,under,cat,the, box, the 83.doesn’t ,basketball ,Jack ,like ‎----------------------- ---------------------------------‎ 八.书面表达。8%‎ ‎ 请以Jane的身份写一封信给Lin Mei,告诉她关于你最喜欢的一天上学的日子（my favourite school day）的情况。字数50字左右。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 七年级（上）英语期末考试答题卡 听力 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 总分 ‎20%‎ ‎5%‎ ‎15%‎ ‎30%‎ ‎10%‎ ‎4%‎ ‎20%‎ ‎8%‎ ‎8%‎ ‎120%‎ 听力20%‎ I. 听录音，选择与所听句子意思相符的图画，念两遍（5分）‎ ‎1. __________ 2. __________3. __________4.__________ 5. __________‎ II. 听录音，选择与所听对话意思相符的图画，对话念两遍。（5分）‎ ‎6. __________7. __________8.__________9. __________ 10.__________‎ III．情景反应 根据你听到的句子内容, 从下列每小题的三个选项中选出一个适当的答语. 每小题读两遍. ( 共5分)‎ ‎11._______12___________13___________14__________15____________‎ IV．请听短文，完成表格。5%‎ ‎16 17___________ 18_____________‎ ‎19________________ 20___________‎ 笔试100%‎ 一. 单词识记:（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ ‎1. __________2. __________3. __________ 4.__________ 5. __________ ‎ ‎6. __________7. __________ 8. __________ 9. __________ 10.__________‎ 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11.___________12____________13____________14____________15_____________‎ ‎16___________17____________18___________ 19__________ 20_____________‎ ‎21___________22_____________23___________24__________25________________‎ 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎26____________27_________28____________29___________30____________‎ ‎31__________32___________33___________34__________35__________‎ ‎36____________37___________38___________39__________40________‎ 191‎ ‎41___________42__________43___________44___________45_________‎ 四.完形填空10% 。‎ ‎46____________47__________48___________49___________50________‎ ‎51____________52__________53___________54___________55________ ‎ 五、改错把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。（4分）（每空0.5分）‎ ‎56（ ）　 57 （ ） ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎58 （ ） 59 （ ） ‎ 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。（20分 ）‎ ‎60___________ 61______________ 62___________ 63_____________‎ ‎64_____________ 65______________ 66______________ 67____________‎ ‎68____________ 69____________ 70_______________ 71_____________‎ ‎71____________ 72____________ 73_____________ 74___________ ‎ ‎75_______________ 76____________ 77____________ 78_____________‎ ‎79___________ ‎ 七．看图写句子。（8分）（每题2分）‎ ‎80___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎81___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎82____________________________________________________________________‎ ‎83____________________________________________________________________‎ 八.书面表达。8%‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________‎ 191‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎　　　　　　　　　　参考　答案 I. 听录音，选择与所听句子意思相符的图画，念两遍（5分）‎ ‎1. Mary plays the guitar very well.‎ ‎2. I usually run after I get up.‎ ‎3. My brother likes to see action movies.‎ ‎4. Jim is doing his homework in the evening.‎ ‎5. My mother often goes shopping at the mall.‎ II. 听录音，选择与所听对话意思相符的图画，对话念两遍。（5分）‎ ‎1. A: Hello, Maria. What are you doing? B: I’m watching a video.‎ ‎2. A: What club do you want to join? B: I want to join the music club.‎ ‎3. A: What’s your favorite subject? B: My favorite subject is art.‎ ‎4. A: What time do you eat breakfast? B: I eat breakfast at 7 o’clock.‎ ‎5. A: What sport can he play? B: He can play basketball.‎ III．情景反应 ( 共5分)‎ ‎ 根据你听到的句子内容, 从下列每小题的三个选项中选出一个适当的答语. 每小题读两遍.‎ ‎11. Good evening, Alice!‎ ‎12. Hello, Frank! ‎ ‎13. Hello, Alan, nice to meet you!‎ ‎14. How are you, Eric? ‎ ‎15. Excuse me, is this your pen?‎ IV．请听短文，完成表格。5%‎ 191‎ 笔试100%‎ 一. 单词识记:根据图画内容，选择适当的词（组）并把序号填入相应图画下的括号中（其中有两项是多余的）。（共5分，每项0.5分）‎ ‎1-5 HKGJF 6-10 LBAIC 二．选择题。15%‎ ‎11-15　DBCBB 16-20 DACCB 21-25 CBDDA 三．阅读理解(A.B 每题1分 C.D 每题2分 共30分)‎ ‎26-30　AACCC 31-35 BBBAB 36-40 CBABC 41-45 CCBAC 四.完形填空10% 。‎ ‎46-50 BDACA 51-55 CDBCB ‎ 五、改错 （4分）把错的选项选在前面括弧里，答案改在后面横线上。‎ ‎56　C your 57 C it is 58 B his 59 B an 六、根据对话情景，完成短文。20% ‎ ‎60　help 61 please 62 sweater 63 color 64 Here 65 much ‎66 take 67 welcome 68 to 69 want 70 club ‎71 play 72 can’t 73 What’s 74 It’s 75 spell ‎76 Where’s 77 play 78 Does 79 plays 七．看图写句子。（8分）‎ ‎80　They can play volleyball.‎ 81 He takes a shower at seven.‎ 82 The cat is under the box..‎ 83 Jack doesn’t like basketball.‎ 八.书面表达。8%‎ ‎ 请以Jane的身份写一封信给Lin Mei,告诉她关于你最喜欢的一天上学的日子（my favourite school day）的情况。字数50字左右。‎ 191‎ 期末试卷 听力部分（共20分）‎ 一. 听对话，选择与对话内容相符的图片，将代表图片的字母填在相应的括号内。每段对话读两遍。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 1. （ ） 2. （ ） 3. （ ）‎ ‎ 4. （ ） 5. （ ）‎ ‎ ‎ 二. 听对话，根据对话内容判断下列句子正误。正确的写T，错误的写F。每段对话读两遍。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 请听第一段对话，判断第6、7、8小题。‎ ‎（ ）6. Ben’s birthday party is on September 27th .‎ ‎（ ）7. They have a school trip on November 16th .‎ ‎（ ）8. They have a New Year’s party.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 请听第二段对话，判断第9、10小题。‎ ‎（ ）9. The man likes comedies and thrillers.‎ ‎（ ）10. The man and the woman like documentaries.‎ ‎ ‎ 三. 听短文，选择正确答案。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 请听下面一段短文，回答第11至15小题。短文读三遍。‎ ‎（ ）11. Jim is from ___________.‎ ‎ A. China B. America C. England ‎（ ）12. Jim has breakfast at ___________.‎ ‎ A. 7:00 B. 7:30 C. 8:30‎ ‎（ ）13. Jim’s favorite subject is ___________.‎ ‎ A. history B. math C. science ‎（ ）14. After school Jim likes to play ___________.‎ ‎ A. volleyball B. basketball C. the piano ‎（ ）15. Jim wants to go to a clothes store to buy ___________.‎ ‎ A. a present for his friend ‎ B. a sweater for himself ‎ C. a sweater for his mom ‎ ‎ 四. 听短文，完成下面的表格。短文读三遍。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ 191‎ ‎ 请根据你听到的内容，将Polo的档案补充完整。‎ Name Polo Date of birth ‎16. ___________ 24th Family members ‎17. Parents, a ___________, sisters and an uncle Good friend’s age ‎18. ___________ years old Favorite school subject ‎19. ___________‎ Hobbies ‎20. ___________ and taking photos ‎ ‎ 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 从下列各题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎（ ）21. — When is Tom’s birthday?‎ ‎ — ___________ birthday is May 6th.‎ ‎ A. My B. Your C. His D. Her ‎（ ）22. I like these pants. ___________ nice.‎ ‎ A. It’s B. That’s C. You’re D. They’re ‎（ ）23. ___________ Lili and Yaoyao have lunch at school?‎ ‎ A. Do B. Does C. Is D. Are ‎（ ）24. — Joy, can you sing for the school concert?‎ ‎ — Sorry, I can’t. ___________ I can play the piano.‎ ‎ A. And B. So C. But D. Or ‎（ ）25. — When do you have P.E. ?‎ ‎ —We have it ___________ Monday and Friday.‎ ‎ A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎（ ）26. — I like that red T-shirt. ___________ is it?‎ ‎ — It’s fifteen dollars.‎ ‎ A. How old B. How many ‎ C. How much D. How long ‎（ ）27. — What’s your sister’s favorite ___________?‎ ‎ — Red.‎ ‎ A. movie B. fruit C. food D. color ‎（ ）28. A lot of people don’t play sports. They only ___________ them on TV.‎ ‎ A. look B. watch C. read D. see ‎（ ）29. — Where are the socks?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. They’re on the bed. B. They’re $ 5.‎ ‎ C. I’ll take them. D. I can’t find them.‎ ‎（ ）30. — Can she speak Chinese?‎ ‎ — ___________‎ ‎ A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn’t.‎ ‎ C. Yes, she is. D. No, she can’t.‎ ‎ ‎ 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的四个选项中，选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎（A）‎ ‎ Scott works very long hours. He usually gets up at 17:00. He brushes his ______31______ and has a shower. Then he eats his breakfast. What a funny time to eat breakfast! ______32______ breakfast he plays his guitar, and then he goes to work. To get to work, he ______33______ the number 17 bus to a hotel. The bus usually takes him to work at 19:15. He works all ______34______. People love to listen to him! He gets home at 7:00, and he watches morning TV. He goes to bed at 8:30. Can you think ______35______ his job is?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）31. A. feet B. teeth C. shoes D. clothes ‎（ ）32. A. At B. With C. Before D. After ‎（ ）33. A. takes B. goes C. gets D. wants ‎（ ）34. A. evening B. afternoon C. morning D. night ‎（ ）35. A. how B. why C. what D. when ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Cinderella lives with a very mean （冷酷的） family. She has to do all the housework. She makes the beds. She does the dishes. She ______36______ the meals. She even takes ______37______ the garbage （垃圾）.‎ ‎ One day the family goes to a ______38______ at the prince’s palace （皇宫）. Cinderella is ______39______. She says, “I want to go and dance, too! ”‎ ‎ Suddenly a fairy princess comes and says, “I can ______40______ you. ” She gives Cinderella a party dress and a pair of glass ______41______. Then she says, “Come home early. My magic ends at midnight. I’m just learning this job. ”‎ ‎ Cinderella goes to the party and ______42______ with the prince. She forgets about ______43______. Then she sees a clock. It is almost midnight. Cinderella ______44______ home, but she loses one of her glass shoes on the way.‎ ‎ The prince wants to marry Cinderella, but all he has is the glass shoe. Many women try on the shoe, but it doesn’t fit. The prince ______45______, “Everyone has such big feet!” Then one day, Cinderella tries it on, and it fits!‎ ‎ The prince and Cinderella get married, and they live happily ever after.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）36. A. eats B. cooks C. buys D. gives ‎（ ）37. A. with B. up C. in D. out ‎（ ）38. A. party B. movie C. picnic D. concert ‎（ ）39. A. happy B. sad C. excited D. tired ‎（ ）40. A. see B. take C. help D. bring ‎（ ）41. A. shoes B. hats C. pants D. gloves ‎（ ）42. A. sings B. dances C. plays D. talks ‎（ ）43. A. clothes B. food C. music D. time ‎（ ）44. A. goes B. walks C. runs D. gets ‎（ ）45. A. thinks B. hopes C. finds D. knows ‎ ‎ 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ 191‎ ‎ 阅读下面A、B、C三篇短文。根据短文内容从每题所给的四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ ‎（A）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）46. You can buy a red T-shirt for ___________ yuan.‎ ‎ A. twenty B. fifteen C. fifty D. thirty ‎（ ）47. You play basketball well and want to join the sports team. Please call ___________.‎ ‎ A. 86743169 B. 88340921 C. 87652390 D. 85347219‎ ‎（ ）48. The movie Harry Potter and the Goblet of fire is very ___________.‎ ‎ A. funny B. interesting C. exciting D. scary ‎ ‎ ‎（B）‎ ‎ Donald Duck was born on June 9, 1934. Now he is 71 years old. He is the oldest duck in the world. He is very funny. He makes a lot of people laugh again and again. Children around the world all like him.‎ 191‎ ‎ He first appears （出现） in the cartoon The Wise Little Hen. The little hen works very hard. But Donald Duck and his friend Peter Pig do not want to work. Then the little her gives them a lesson. She tells them that work is important.‎ ‎ Donald is like a little man in a big world. He has a good heart. He wants to help others. But things always go wrong for him. He doesn’t like it. He gets angry easily. Then his girl friend Daisy comes to help him. So he tries it again. He thinks there must be a better way to do things. But he does not know another way. It does not matter what other people think of him.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）49. Children like Donald Duck because he is ___________.‎ ‎ A. old B. funny C. friendly D. little ‎（ ）50. The underlined word “them” refers to （指的是） ___________.‎ ‎ A. children B. Donald Duck and Daisy ‎ C. people D. Donald Duck and Peter Pig ‎（ ）51. Which sentence about Donald Duck is NOT true?‎ ‎ A. He doesn’t want to work.‎ ‎ B. He doesn’t have any friends.‎ ‎ C. He makes people laugh again and again.‎ ‎ D. He is angry when he does something wrong.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（C）‎ Which is better, Radio or Television?‎ ‎ About fifty years ago, when television first came out, people thought that radio was no longer useful. Television has both sounds （声音） and pictures. It is much more real and interesting to watch television than to listen to the radio.‎ ‎ However, fifty years later radio is still very popular and it will be here for a long time. One reason is that we don’t need to see pictures when we listen to the music on the radio. In fact, listening with your eyes closed is the best way to listen to a piece of music. You can think yourself on a sandy beach or up high on a mountain. In other words, you can create (make) your own pictures.‎ ‎ Moreover, while listening to the radio, you don’t have to take your eyes off your work. For example, you can listen to the radio and drive at the same time. Or you can read a book and ‎ 191‎ listen to the radio. Televlsion, on the other hand, doesn’t have this advantage （优势）.‎ ‎ A radio is much smaller than a television. You can take a radio anywhere and turn it on anytime you want. In a quiet place you can use headphones to listen to the news or music on the radio. In this way （用这种方式） you won’t disturb （打扰） anybody. Moreover, a radio is much cheaper than a television. For less than $ 20 you can buy a small radio and have fun with it.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎（ ）52. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. Music. B. Sound. C. Television. D. Radio.‎ ‎（ ）53. It’s more interesting to watch TV because ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can make their own pictures ‎ B. people can drive while watching it ‎ C. it has both sounds and pictures ‎ D. it’s the best way to listen to music ‎（ ）54. People use headphones in a quiet place because ___________.‎ ‎ A. they don’t want to listen to the news ‎ B. they don’t want to disturb others ‎ C. they can close their eyes ‎ D. they can read a book ‎（ ）55. We learn from the passage that ___________.‎ ‎ A. people can take a radio anywhere ‎ B. people can see pictures on the radio ‎ C. a radio is bigger than a television ‎ D. the radio is about 50 years old ‎ ‎ 语言综合运用（共35分）‎ 一. 根据句意，从方框中选择恰当的单词填空，注意大小写和词形变化。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ and , work , about , take , excuse , sale ‎ 1. I like music. How ___________ you, Linda?‎ ‎ 2. ___________ me. Are you Mr White from America?‎ ‎ 3. My brother often ___________ a shower at seven o’clock.‎ ‎ 4. Oh, look at those green shorts. They are on ___________ for just $ 25!‎ ‎ 5. The basketball game is Oct. 10th ___________ the school trip is Oct. 25th.‎ ‎ 6. My father usually goes to ___________ at eight o’clock in the morning.‎ ‎ ‎ 二. 根据所给标点符号，将每组单词按照正确的顺序组成句子。（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. like , we , very , bananas , much ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 2. have , a , do , computer , you 191‎ ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 3. birthday, June , his , mother’s , is , 29th ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ 4. these , pants , are , how much , orange ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 5. movies , kind of , do , they , what , like ‎ ____________________________________________?‎ ‎ 6. go to see , Beijing Opera , he , not , on , does , weekends , often ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎ ‎ 三. 根据对话内容，完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ A： Hi, can I help you?‎ ‎ B： Yes, please. I want to _____1_____ the music club.‎ ‎ A： Good. Can I have your _____2_____?‎ ‎ B： John Smith.‎ ‎ A： How _____3_____ are you?‎ ‎ B： Twelve.‎ ‎ A： Can you sing?‎ ‎ B： _____4_____, a little. I like singing and dancing.‎ ‎ A： Do you have an _____5_____ address?‎ ‎ B： Yes, it’s cindyj@pep. com. cn.‎ ‎ A： Great. _____6_____ a lot.‎ ‎ B： Thank you.‎ ‎ ‎ 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题。（可以用完整句子回答，也可简答）（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ December 25th is Christmas Day. In most countries it is the most important （重要的） day in the year. All the people come back to their homes. On Christmas Day bells ring everywhere. The ringing bell tells people Christmas is coming. People sing and dance day and night. They all have a good time.‎ ‎ Most families buy a Christmas tree for their children. And there are some presents in the tree here and there. People also put presents in children’s stockings （长统袜）. In many places, Father Christmas himself brings presents to them. He is a kind man and in red clothes. There is a big bag on his back. In it there are a lot of presents.‎ ‎ On Christmas Day people enjoy all kinds of food. But some poor people have no houses to live in and have no food to eat. They die of cold and hunger （死于饥寒交迫） on Christmas Day.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 1. Is Christmas the most important festival in the year in most countries?‎ 191‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 2. What does the ringing bell tell people?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 3. What can you find in the Christmas tree?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 4. Who brings presents to children?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ 5. Do all the people enjoy all kinds of food on Christmas Day?‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ ‎ ‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）‎ ‎ 假如你是李华，请根据表格的内容，完成下列任务：‎ ‎ （A）填写相应的信息（单词或词组）。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. _____________‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. _____________‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. _____________‎ Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. _____________‎ What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. _____________‎ What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. _____________‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ （B）请你根据上述所填写的表格内容，给你的美国笔友Jim写一封短信，可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Dear __________‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes, ‎ ‎_________ ‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ 试题答案 听力部分（共20分）‎ 一. 听对话图（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 1. B 2. A 3. F 4. C 5. E 二. 听对话判断正误。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 6. F 7. T 8. T 9. T 10. F 三. 听短文，选择正确答案。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. C 四. 听短文，完成下面的表格。（共5分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 16. December 17. brother 18. 15 (fifteen)‎ ‎ 19. English 20. Drawing ‎ ‎ 基础知识运用（共45分）‎ 五. 单项填空（共10分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B ‎ 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. D 六. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 31. B 32. D 33. A 34. D 35. C ‎ 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. B 40. C ‎ 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. A 七. 阅读理解（共20分，每小题2分）‎ ‎ 46. B 47. C 48. C 49. B 50. D ‎ 51. B 52. D 53. C 54. B 55. A ‎ ‎ 语言综合运用（共35分）‎ 一. 选词填空（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. about 2. Excuse 3. takes ‎ 4. sale 5. and 6. work 二. 连词成句（共6分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. We like bananas very much.‎ ‎ 2. Do you have a computer?‎ ‎ 3. His mother’s birthday is June 29th.‎ ‎ 4. How much are these orange pants?‎ ‎ 5. What kind of movies do they like?‎ ‎ 6. He does not often go to see Beijing Opera on weekends.‎ 三. 完成对话，每空一词。（共6分，每空1分）‎ ‎ 1. join 2. name 3. old ‎ 4. Yes 5. e-mail (email) 6. Thanks 四. 阅读下面短文，回答问题（共5分，每题1分）‎ ‎ 1. Yes, it is.‎ ‎ 2. Christmas is coming.‎ ‎ 3. We can find presents.‎ ‎ 4. Father Christmas brings presents to children.‎ ‎ 5. No. (No, not all people. Some people don’t have food to eat.)‎ 191‎ 五. 书面表达（12分）‎ ‎ （A）填写相应的信息。（共3分）‎ Name Li Hua Age ‎1. 12 (twelve)‎ What time do you go to school?‎ ‎2. 7 (seven)‎ What’s your favourite subject?‎ ‎3. music Why do you like it?‎ ‎4. relaxing What can you do in ... class?‎ ‎5. sing songs What sport do you like?‎ ‎6. basketball ‎ （B）根据上面表格内容，请你给你在美国的笔友Jim写一封短信，信的内容可以适当发挥。（共9分）（60词以上）‎ Possible Version Dear Jim,‎ ‎ I’m very happy to read your letter! Now let me tell you something about myself.‎ ‎ My name is Li Hua. I am 12 years old. I usually go to school around seven o’clock. My favorite subject is music. I think it’s relaxing and I really like my music teacher, Miss Wang. She is very nice. I can sing songs and play the drums in music class. Can you play the drums? What’s your favorite subject? I also like sports and I often play basketball after class. What about you?‎ Yours, ‎ ‎ Li Hua ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 附听力材料 一. 听对话，选择与对话内容相符的图片，将代表图片的字母填在相应的序号内。每段对话读两遍。‎ Text 1‎ ‎ M： Do you like music?‎ ‎ W： Oh, yes. We can sing and we can dance.‎ Text 2‎ ‎ M： What time do you usually go to bed?‎ ‎ W： I usually go to bed at 10 o’clock.‎ Text 3‎ ‎ M：What’s your favorite subject?‎ ‎ W： My favorite subject is math.‎ Text 4‎ ‎ M：How much are these pants?‎ ‎ W：They are 9 dollars.‎ Text 5‎ ‎ M：Where are my keys?‎ ‎ W： They are on the floor.‎ ‎ ‎ 二. 听对话，根据对话内容判断下列句子正误。正确的写T，错误的写F。每段对话读两遍。‎ ‎ 请听第一段对话，判断第6、7、8小题。你有5秒钟时间读题。‎ ‎ W： Hey, Ben. Can you help me fill in my calendar?‎ ‎ M： Sure, Sally.‎ 191‎ ‎ W： Ben, when is your birthday party?‎ ‎ M： My birthday party is October 5th.‎ ‎ W：OK, and when is the basketball game?‎ ‎ M： The basketball game? Oh, it’s September 27th.‎ ‎ W： Good. And how about the school trip?‎ ‎ M： The school trip is November 16th.‎ ‎ W： When is the New Year’s party?‎ ‎ M： Oh, sorry. I don’t know. Maybe we can ask Ms. Zhao.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 请听第二段对话，判断第9、10小题。你有5秒钟时间读题。‎ ‎ W： Do you want to go to a movie?‎ ‎ M： Yes, that sounds good.‎ ‎ W： What kind of movies do you like?‎ ‎ M： Well, I like comedies because they’re funny. And I think thrillers are great.‎ ‎ W： How about documentaries?‎ ‎ M： No. Documentaries are boring.‎ ‎ W： I don’t like documentaries, either. And I don’t like thrillers because they’re too scary.‎ ‎ ‎ 三. 听短文，选择正确答案。短文读三遍。你有10秒钟时间读题。‎ ‎ Hi! I’m Jim. It’s very exciting to have a Chinese friend!‎ ‎ In America, school starts at eight-thirty, so I usually get up around seven o’clock. What time does school start in China? I have breakfast at seven-thirty, but before that I take a shower. My favorite subject is science, because I think it’s interesting and I really like my teacher, Mr. Green. What’s your favorite subject?‎ ‎ My last class is at four o’clock, and after school I like to play volleyball. Can you play volleyball? I can also play the piano, but I can’t play it very well. What are your hobbies?‎ ‎ Today is my mom’s birthday. And I want to go to a clothes store and buy her a beautiful sweater. Do you often buy birthday presents for your mom?‎ ‎ ‎ 四. 听短文，完成下面的表格。短文读三遍。你有10秒钟时间读题。‎ ‎ 请根据你听到的内容，将Polo的档案补充完整。‎ ‎ Polo is my new classmate. He is 15 years old, and his birthday is December 24th, the day before Christmas Day.‎ ‎ His father works in an office and his mother is a nurse. He has two sisters, a brother and an uncle. He also has a good friend called Mary. She is the same age as Polo. Mary’s home is near Polo’s, so he can often visit her.‎ ‎ He goes to school every day and he’s in Class Six, Grade Nine. His favorite subject is English, and he is very interested in the history of China. He also likes math a lot. He hopes to go to university and becomes a teacher. His hobbies are drawing and taking photos.‎ ‎ ‎ 191‎ 初 一 英 语 测 试 题 一、词汇（15分）‎ A．根据首字母填词（5分）‎ ‎1. There is o______ one telephone in my home.‎ ‎2. Is she good at d________ pictures?‎ ‎3. Ma Lin and Mang Nam are good table tennis p___________.‎ ‎4. Mrs Smith is very W _______ . She can’t find her purse.‎ ‎5. I don’t like my aunt. She is not f _________.‎ B．根据括号内的中文填词（5分）‎ ‎1. Skating is my ________ (最爱) sport.‎ ‎2. Don’t _______ (跟随)me.‎ ‎3. She is learning Chinese ________ (医学) in her room.‎ ‎4 . Lucy and Lily are Listening to their teacher ___________ (仔细).‎ ‎5. His school isn’t far from his home. But he has a ________ (问题).‎ C．根据所给单词的适当形式填空。（5分）‎ ‎1. I like doing some ________ (clean) in the morning.‎ ‎2. Mr Green is a good teacher. He is very _________ (help).‎ ‎3. Mr Brown works in a ________ (child) hospital in Chongqing.‎ ‎4. Please look at the two photos. Can you find any _________ (different)?‎ ‎5. These _______ (Canada) can speak some French.‎ 二、单项选择（20分）‎ ‎( )1. The paper plane is ________ the tree. It’s too ________.‎ A. on, high B. in, tall C. on, tall D. in, high ‎( )2. They ______ their homework in the evening.‎ A. don’t do B. don’t C. do, not D. not do ‎( )3. Tom and Lily learn _______ each other and help each other.‎ A. of B. at C. from D. to ‎( )4. There are many _______ in the fridge.‎ A. bottle apple juice B. bottles of apple juice C. bottle of apples juice D. bottle of apple juice ‎( )5. _______ is his English teacher.‎ A. Some of the men B. One of the man C. One of the men D. One of man ‎( )6. These are ____ and _____ rooms.‎ A. Lily, Lucy’s B. Lily’s, Lucy’s C. Lily’s, Lucy D. Lily, Lucy ‎ 191‎ ‎( )7. I can see only one sock. Where’s my _______ one ?‎ A. others B. other C. the other D. the others ‎( )8. There is something wrong _______ my bike. Can you help me?‎ A. of B. with C. in D. for ‎( )9. Li Ping’s Uncle isn’t a worker ________ a doctor. He’s a postman.‎ A. and B. but C. or D. no ‎( )10. How old is Miss Lin? Do you know?‎ ‎ —— Sorry, I don’t know. But she is not old. She ______.‎ A. look young B. looks fine C. looks very young D. is not young ‎( )11. There is not _________ in the purse.‎ A. some money B. some money’s C. any money D. any moneys ‎( )12. It’s time to go to school. Let ___________.‎ A. he go B. him go C. he to go D. him to go ‎( )13. Are you and Li Lei in the same school? -- _________‎ A. Yes, he is B. Yes, We are C. Yes, they are D. Yes, I am ‎( )14. Wang Hai goes to school _______ every morning.‎ A. in, car B. in, bus C. by a bus D. by bus ‎( )15. ____does Lily like England and ____ does she like about England?‎ A. How, how B. What, what C. What, how D. How,what ‎( )16. _____ do the doctors do ______ your machines? Oh, a lot of things.‎ A. How, of B. What, on C. What, with D. How, for ‎( )17. Hi, Mary. Here’s a post card ________ you, Who is it _________?‎ A. to, for B. for, from C. for, for D. to, to ‎( )18. That is ______ old photo of _______ Green family. It’s a family of three people.‎ A. am, / B. the, / C. the, a D. an, the ‎( )19. There is no orang in the bottle. Would you like ______ to drink?‎ A. Something else B. else something C. else D. something ‎( )20. He doesn’t want red flowers. He want _______.‎ ‎ A. purple ones B. purple one C. the purple D. purple 三、用所给的动词的适当形式填空 ‎1. Li Ping, _______ (not be) late next time, please.‎ ‎2. What about __________ (run) up the tree?‎ ‎3. Listen! Some one _______ (sing) in the next room.‎ 191‎ ‎4. Let’s ______ (play) class after school.‎ ‎5. He ______ (do) his homework in the evening. But he ______ (not do) it at this time.‎ ‎6. He usually likes _____ (dance), but he’d like ________ (go)fishing today.‎ ‎7. ______ (walk)is good for health.‎ ‎8. They must ________ (work) hard at English.‎ 四、句型转换。（10分）‎ ‎1. Can you help him?(同义句转换)‎ ‎ Can you _______ _______ _______ ________ ?‎ ‎2. They work six days a week. (同上)‎ ‎ They work ________ Monday _______ Saturday.‎ ‎3. He goes to work in a car. (同上)‎ ‎ He _______ a ________ to work.‎ ‎4. It takes 7 hours by plane?(划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ does it take by plane?‎ ‎5. He usually gets up at 5:30 in the morning.(现在进行时)‎ ‎ He ________ ________ ________ now.‎ ‎6. The meat is twelve yuan a kilo. (划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _______ ________ is the meat a kilo？‎ ‎7. Throw it like this, please.(否定祈使句)‎ ‎ ______ _____ ________ like this, please.‎ ‎8. He isn’t good at math. He ________ _______ well in math.‎ 五、完成句子（10分）‎ ‎1．让我们谈谈这幅图片。Let’s _______ _______ the picture.‎ ‎2．现在轮到你扫了，吉姆。It’s ______ _______ ______ ______ now,Jim.‎ ‎3．我完成家庭作业需要2小时。‎ ‎ It ______ _______ two hors _____ finish my homework.‎ ‎4．谁教我们法语？Who _______ _________ French?‎ ‎5．他们拼命干活挣钱。They work hard to ________ _______.‎ ‎6．请明天将英汉字典归还给我。‎ ‎ Please ______ the English Chinese ______ _______ to me tomorrow.‎ ‎7．你们为什么不看央视新闻？ ______ _______ you watch CCTV news?‎ ‎8．别担心，学英语要花时间。 Don’t worry. _______English _____ ____.‎ 六、完型填空（10分）‎ I’m always very busy (忙的) every day. I usually 1 up early at 6:30 in the morning. But 2 . I’m still sleepy (睡着的) . I put on my clothes, I wash my hands 3 ‎ 191‎ ‎ face…Do this! Do that. 4 I have my 5 . I go go school. I usually leave home at 7:00. At school we all study 6 . We study English. Chinese, maths and so on (等等). 7 noon (中午) I get home and have lunch. At 1:30 I go to school again. Sometimes we play 8 football in the afternoon. I go home at 4:30. In the evening I do 9 homework. I go to bed at 10:00 and I go to sleep (入睡) very 10 .‎ ‎( )1. A. get B. gets C. getting D. getting ‎( )2. A. often B. usually C. sometimes D. always ‎( )3. A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎( )4. A. Before B. After C. When D. If ‎( )5. A. lunch B. supper C. breakfast D. meal ‎( )6. A. easy B. different C. difficult D. hard ‎( )7. A. on B. On C. at D. At ‎( )8. A. the B. × C. a D. an ‎( )9. A. many B. a lot of C. any D. a lot ‎( )10. A. next B. soon C. first D. last 七、阅读理解（20分）‎ ‎(A)‎ It’s Sunday. There are many people in the bus. And an old man is looking here and there. He wants to find an empty seat(座位). Then he finds one. He goes to it. A small bag is on the seat. And a young man is sitting beside it.‎ ‎“Is this seat empty?” asks the old man.‎ ‎“No, it’s for a woman. She goes to buy some bananas.” Says the young man.‎ ‎“Well,” says the old man, “Let me sit here please. When she comes back, I will(将) leave here.”‎ The bus starts(启动).‎ ‎“She doesn’t come, but her bag is here. Let me give her the bag.” Then the old man throws the bag out of the bus window.‎ The young man jumps up and shouts, “Don’t throw! It’s my bag!”‎ ‎( )1. The old man wants to find an empty seat _____. ‎ A. in the room B. in the bus C. beside the driver D. in a car ‎( )2. The old man finds an empty seat. He goes there and finds there is ____ on it.‎ A. a man B. woman C. a bag D. a coat ‎( )3. The young man says the seat is for ________.‎ A. a man B. a woman C. a boy D. a girl ‎( )4. The bus starts. The old man ______.‎ 191‎ ‎ A. asks the woman to sit on the seat B. takes the bag to the woman C. throws the bag to the young man D. throws the bag out of the window ‎( )5. The bag is ________. The young man doesn’t want the old man to throw it away.‎ A. the woman’s B. the old man’s C. the driver’s D. the young man’s ‎(B)‎ Four friends live in a small town. Their names are Cook, Miller, Smith, and Carter. They have different jobs. One is a policeman, one is a carpenter, one is a farmer, one is a doctor. One day Cook’s sonbroke his right leg, and Cook took him to the doctor. The doctor’s sister is Smith’s wife. The farmer isn’t married(结婚). He has a lot of good hens. Miller always buys eggs from the farmer. The policeman sees Smith every day for they are neighbours.‎ ‎( )1. Who is farmer?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Carter D. Miller ‎( )2. Cook’s son is taken to _______.‎ A. Miller B. Smith C. Smith’s wife D. Carter ‎( )3. If you need, you can get ______ to repair (修理)your desk.‎ A. Cook B. Carter C. Miller D. Smith ‎( )4. Smith’s neighbour is ________.‎ A. the doctor’s wife B. Smith C. Carter D. Cook ‎( )5. Who is a policeman?‎ A. Cook B. Smith C. Miller D. cart ‎(C)‎ Wang Ping and Wang Bin are the twins. They are students. They go to school five days a week. They don’t have classes on Saturday and Sundays.‎ Today is Sunday. They want to go to the shop. Wang Ping wants to buy(买) a pen and Wang Bin wants to buy a pencil—box. In the shop there are many nice things and a lot of people . Some of them buy apples and bananas. And some of them buy food and clothes. The people in the shop are very friendly. Wang Ping and Wang Bin are very glad(高兴)to come back home with their things.‎ ‎( )1. The twins go to school from Monday to Friday.‎ ‎( )2. They go to the shop on Sunday.‎ ‎( )3. Wang Bin wants to buy a pen.‎ ‎( )4. The twins want to buy some food, too.‎ ‎( )5. They are very glad today.‎ 191‎ ‎(D)‎ It is in autumn(秋天). A young man comes to a forest(森林). He’s walking beside the forest. On his right is a river. On his left is the forest. Suddenly(突然)he sees two green eyes looking at him from the trees. A tiger(老虎)is getting ready(准备)to jump on him.‎ What does he do? He must jump into the river. But in the river there is a big crocodile(鳄鱼). Its mouth(嘴)is very big. The young man closes his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger jumps over him. And the young man opens his eyes. The tiger is now in the mouth of the crocodile.‎ ‎( )1. When does the story take place(发生)? ______.‎ A. In winter B. In spring C. In summer D. In autumn ‎( )2. Where is he walking? _______.‎ A. Near the river B. Beside a forest C. By the river D. Be the lake ‎( )3. What does he see looking at him? _______.‎ A. Two green eyes B. A tiger C. A crocodile D. A man ‎( )4. Does he close his eyes at first(起初)? _________.‎ A. Yes, he does B. No, he does not C. Yes, he must D. No, he mustn’t ‎( )5. What does the man see at last(最后)?__________.‎ ‎ A. The tiger is in the mouth of the crocodile B. The crocodile is in the mouth of the tiger C. A fish in the mouth of the crocodile D. A ship is in the mouth of the crocodile 八、短文填空（10分）‎ The children are P 1 games in the park. They are having a good t 2 . It’s four o’clock now. And it’s time to go h 3 . Miss Gao begins to C 4 the children’s name. “Tom!” “I’m h 5 ,” Tom answers. “Han Meimei!” “Yes,” answers Han Meimei. “Liu Ming!” There’s no a 6 . “Liu Ming” Miss Gao calls again. “W 7 Liu Ming ?” Miss Gao asks. The children don’t k 8 .‎ Well, Liu Ming is behind a big tree! He’s eating a big apple. He doesn’t w 9 to let the other children know. Could Miss Gao f 10 him?‎ ‎1 ________ 2 __________ 3 __________ 4 __________ 5 _____________‎ ‎6 ________ 7 ___________ 8 __________ 9___________ 10 ___________‎ 答 案:‎ 一、A. only drowing players worried friendly 191‎ B. favoutite follow medicine carefully problem C. cleaning helpful children’s differences Canadians 二、1-5 DACBC 6-10 BCBCC ‎ ‎ 11-15 CBBDD 16-20 CBDAA 三、1.don’t be 2. running 3. is singing 4. play ‎ ‎5. cloes/isn’t doing 6.dancing to to 7. Walking 8.work 四、1. give him a hand 2. from, to 3. takes car ‎4. How long 5. is getting up 6. How much ‎7. Don’t throw it 8. doesn’t do 五、1. talk about 2. your turn to clean ‎3. takes me to 4. teaches us ‎5. make money 6. give back to ‎ ‎7. Why don’t 8. learning takes time 六、1-5 ACABC 6-10 DDBBB 七、(A) BCBDD (B) CADDA (C) TTFFT (D) DBBAA 八、playing, time,home,call,here,answer,where’s,know,want,find ‎ 191‎